Konica-Minolta-MC2490MF e Fi 02
Konica-Minolta-MC2490MF e Fi 02
Konica-Minolta-MC2490MF e Fi 02
magicolor 2490MF
2006.07
Ver. 1.0
FIELD SERVICE TOTAL CONTENTS
Duplex Option
General ........................................................................................................................... 1
Maintenance ................................................................................................................... 3
Troubleshooting............................................................................................................. 13
i
ii
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as
the risk of damage to the product, KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
(hereafter called the KMBT) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by
KMBT-trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service
Manual was printed. Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that
the information contained in this Service Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to
the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the
course of technical training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of
the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:
S-1
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
SAFETY WARNINGS
[1] MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA
BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
KONICA MINOLTA brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is
achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical,
physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving
at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve
a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. the points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reason-
ing behind this policy.
Prohibited Actions
DANGER
• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.
S-2
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
WARNING
• Use power supply cord set which meets the following
criteria:
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for
the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the prod-
kw
uct's rated voltage and current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- provided with three-conductor cable having enough cur-
rent capacity, and
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.
S-3
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
1. Power Supply
WARNING
• Check that mains voltage is as specified.
Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or
electric shock.
S-4
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
WARNING
• When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with
this product, make sure the connector is securely inserted
in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with
the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the prod-
uct securely, a contact problem may lead to increased
resistance, overheating, and risk of fire.
• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet
hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the
cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and
electric shock.
S-5
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Wiring
WARNING
• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords
in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
2. Installation Requirements
WARNING
• Do not place the product near flammable materials or vola-
tile materials that may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.
WARNING
• When the product is not used over an extended period of
time (holidays, etc.), switch it off and unplug the power
cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may
cause fire.
S-6
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Ventilation
CAUTION
• The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it
will not be harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases,
ventilate the room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time
Stability
CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may
slide, leading to a injury.
CAUTION
• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant docu-
mentation (service manual, technical notices, etc.) and
proceed with the inspection following the prescribed pro-
cedure, using only the prescribed tools. Do not make any
adjustment not described in the documentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the prod-
uct may break and a risk of injury or fire exists.
• Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect
the power plugs from the product and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some
units are still powered even if the POWER switch is
turned OFF. A risk of electric shock exists.
• The area around the fixing unit is hot.
You may get burnt.
S-7
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or performing
an operation check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check
with the external cover detached, you may touch live or
high-voltage parts or you may be caught in moving gears
or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other
damage.
The user or CE may be injured.
• Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and
screws to fall into the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause electric shock
or fire.
S-8
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for
deterioration and sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.
• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp
edges, burrs, or other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
S-9
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connec-
tors, etc. that were removed for safety check and mainte-
nance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay
special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.
Handling of Consumables
WARNING
• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care
must be taken not to breathe excessive amounts or let the
substances come into contact with eyes, etc. It may be
stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water
immediately. When symptoms are noticeable, consult a
physician.
CAUTION
• Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Drum cleaner (isopropyl alcohol) and roller cleaner (ace-
tone-based) are highly flammable and must be handled
with care. A risk of fire exists.
S-10
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
CAUTION
• Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take
care not to spill any liquid. If this happens, immediately
wipe it off.
A risk of fire exists.
S-11
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Semiconductor laser
Maximum power of the laser diode 10 mW
Maximum average radiation power(*) 7.5 µW
Wavelength 775 - 800 nm
*:Laser Aperture of the Print Head Unit
• This product employs a Class 3b laser diode that emits an invisible laser beam. The laser
diode and the scanning polygon mirror are incorporated in the print head unit.
• The print head unit is NOT A FIELD SERVICE ITEM. Therefore, the print head unit
should not be opened under any circumstances.
4139P0C506DA
S-12
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
CAUTION
• Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those spec-
ified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
Semiconductor laser
Maximum power of the laser diode 10 mW
Wavelength 775 - 800 nm
All Areas
CAUTION
• Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those spec-
ified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
Semiconductor laser
Maximum power of the laser diode 10 mW
Wavelength 775 - 800 nm
Denmark
ADVARSEL
• Usynlig Laserstråling ved åbning, når sikkerhedsafbrydere er ude af funktion.
Undgå udsættelse for stråling. Klasse 1 laser produkt der opfylder IEC60825 sik-
kerheds kravene.
Halvlederlaser
Laserdiodens højeste styrke 10 mW
Bølgelængden 775 - 800 nm
S-13
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
Finland, Sweden
VARO!
• Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.
Älä katso säteeseen.
LOUKAN 1 LASERLAITE
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
VAROITUS!
• Laitteen Käyttäminen muulla kuin tässä käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saattaa
altistaa käyttäjän turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle.
Puolijohdelaser
Laserdiodin suurin teho 10 mW
Aallonpituus 775 - 800 nm
VARNING!
• Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i denna bruksanvisning specificerats, kan
användaren utsättas för osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för laser-
klass 1.
Halvledarlaser
Den maximala effekten för laserdioden 10 mW
Våglängden 775 - 800 nm
VARNING!
• Osynlig laserstrålning när denna del är öppnad och spärren är urkopplad. Betrakta
ej strålen.
Norway
ADVERSEL
• Dersom apparatet brukes på annen måte enn spesifisert i denne bruksanvisning,
kan brukeren utsettes for unsynlig laserstråling som overskrider grensen for laser
klass 1.
Halvleder laser
Maksimal effekt till laserdiode 10 mW
Bølgelengde 775 - 800 nm
S-14
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
or/and
4139P0E501DA
S-15
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
4139P0E503DA
S-16
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
S-17
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
High temperature
High voltage
4139P0E504DA
S-18
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS
High voltage
4139P0E505DA
CAUTION:
• You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised not to
touch by any caution label. Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has
come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot be read, contact our Service
Office.
S-19
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT
S-20
Composition of the service manual
This service manual consists of Theory of Operation section and Field Service section to
explain the main machine and its corresponding options.
Theory of Operation section gives, as information for the CE to get a full understanding of
the product, a rough outline of the object and role of each function, the relationship
between the electrical system and the mechanical system, and the timing of operation of
each part.
Field Service section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the cus-
tomer’s premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance
steps, the object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.
The basic configuration of each section is as follows. However some options may not be
applied to the following configuration.
C-1
Notation of the service manual
A. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
B. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or
the registered trademark of each company.
C. Feeding direction
• When the long side of the media is parallel with the feeding direction, it is called short
edge feeding. The feeding direction which is perpendicular to the short edge feeding is
called the long edge feeding.
• Short edge feeding will be identified with [S (abbreviation for Short edge feeding)] on the
media size. No specific notation is added for the long edge feeding.
When the size has only the short edge feeding with no long edge feeding, [S] will not be
added to the media size.
<Sample notation>
C-2
SERVICE MANUAL FIELD SERVICE
magicolor 2490MF
Main Unit
2006.07
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
magicolor 2490MF
magicolor 2490MF Main Unit
General
1. System configuration............................................................................................... 1
2. Product specifications ............................................................................................. 2
2.1 Built-in Controllers ................................................................................................ 4
General
2.2 Fax specifications ................................................................................................. 5
Maintenance
3. Periodic check ......................................................................................................... 7
3.1 Maintenance parts ................................................................................................ 7
3.1.1 Replacement parts........................................................................................ 7
Maintenance
3.1.2 Cleaning parts............................................................................................... 8
3.2 Concept of parts life.............................................................................................. 9
3.3 Maintenance procedure ...................................................................................... 10
3.3.1 Paper feed roller.......................................................................................... 10
3.3.2 PH window .................................................................................................. 13
3.3.3 Toner cartridge (C/M/Y/Bk) ......................................................................... 13
Adjustment / Setting
3.3.4 Drum cartridge ............................................................................................ 16
3.3.5 Transfer belt unit.......................................................................................... 17
3.3.6 2nd transfer roller ........................................................................................ 18
3.3.7 Fusing unit .................................................................................................. 20
4. Firmware upgrade ................................................................................................. 25
4.1 Controller firmware upgrading ............................................................................ 25
4.1.1 Preparations for firmware upgrading........................................................... 25
Troubleshooting
4.1.2 Upgrading procedure .................................................................................. 25
4.2 NIC firmware upgrading...................................................................................... 27
4.2.1 Preparations for firmware upgrading........................................................... 27
4.2.2 Upgrading procedure .................................................................................. 27
5. Other ..................................................................................................................... 29
5.1 Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items .......................................................... 29
5.2 Disassembly/assembly list (other parts) ............................................................. 30
Appendix
i
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
ii
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Adjustment/Setting
magicolor 2490MF
6. How to use the adjustment section ....................................................................... 77
7. Description of the control panel............................................................................. 78
7.1 Control panel display .......................................................................................... 78
7.1.1 Main screen ................................................................................................ 78
7.1.2 Toner supply screen .................................................................................... 78
8. Menu mode ........................................................................................................... 79
8.1 Menu mode function tree .................................................................................... 79
General
8.2 MACHINE SETTING........................................................................................... 82
8.2.1 AUTO PANEL RESET ................................................................................. 82
8.2.2 ENERGY SAVE MODE............................................................................... 82
8.2.3 LCD CONTRAST ........................................................................................ 82
8.2.4 LANGUAGE ................................................................................................ 82
8.2.5 LAMP OFF TIME ........................................................................................ 82
Maintenance
8.2.6 BUZZER VOLUME...................................................................................... 83
8.2.7 INITIAL MODE ............................................................................................ 83
8.2.8 TONER EMPTY STOP................................................................................ 83
8.2.9 AUTO CONTINUE....................................................................................... 83
8.2.10 CALIBRATION ............................................................................................ 83
8.3 PAPER SOURCE SETUP................................................................................... 84
Adjustment / Setting
8.3.1 TRAY1 PAPER ............................................................................................ 84
8.3.2 TRAY2 PAPER ............................................................................................ 84
8.4 COPY SETTING ................................................................................................. 85
8.4.1 MODE ......................................................................................................... 85
8.4.2 DENSITY LEVEL (A) .................................................................................. 85
8.4.3 DENSITY LEVEL (M) .................................................................................. 85
8.4.4 COLLATE .................................................................................................... 85
Troubleshooting
8.4.5 QUALITY..................................................................................................... 85
8.4.6 PAPER PRIORITY ...................................................................................... 86
8.5 FAX REGISTRATION ......................................................................................... 86
8.5.1 ONE-TOUCH DIAL ..................................................................................... 86
8.5.2 SPEED DIAL............................................................................................... 86
8.5.3 GROUP DIAL .............................................................................................. 86
8.6 TX SETTING....................................................................................................... 87
Appendix
iii
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
iv
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
magicolor 2490MF
8.14 SCANNER SETTING........................................................................................ 101
8.14.1 RESOLUTION........................................................................................... 101
8.14.2 IMAGE FORMAT....................................................................................... 101
8.14.3 CODING METHOD ................................................................................... 101
9. User service mode .............................................................................................. 102
9.1 User service mode function tree....................................................................... 102
9.2 FAX MAINTENANCE........................................................................................ 103
9.2.1 TX SPEED ................................................................................................ 103
General
9.2.2 RX SPEED................................................................................................ 103
9.2.3 TX LEVEL ................................................................................................. 103
9.2.4 RX LEVEL................................................................................................. 103
9.2.5 DTMF LEVEL............................................................................................ 103
9.2.6 CNG LEVEL.............................................................................................. 104
Maintenance
9.2.7 CED LEVEL .............................................................................................. 104
9.2.8 ECM MODE .............................................................................................. 104
9.2.9 CODING SCHEME ................................................................................... 104
9.2.10 TONER EMPTY REPORT ........................................................................ 105
9.2.11 PROTOCOL REPORT .............................................................................. 105
9.3 SRU USAGE..................................................................................................... 106
Adjustment / Setting
9.3.1 TRANSFER BELT ..................................................................................... 106
9.3.2 FUSER UNIT ............................................................................................ 106
9.3.3 TRANSFER ROLLER ............................................................................... 106
9.4 RESET COUNT ................................................................................................ 106
9.4.1 TRANSFER BELT ..................................................................................... 106
9.4.2 FUSER UNIT ............................................................................................ 106
9.4.3 TRANSFER ROLLER ............................................................................... 107
9.5 CCD MOVE TO HOME..................................................................................... 107 Troubleshooting
v
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
vi
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
magicolor 2490MF
11.4.8 ADF MAIN REGIST .................................................................................. 125
11.4.9 ADF SUB REGIST .................................................................................... 126
11.4.10 DMAX........................................................................................................ 126
11.4.11 1st TRANSFER VOLTAGE ........................................................................ 126
11.4.12 2nd TRANSFER VOLTAGE....................................................................... 126
11.4.13 VPP OFFSET............................................................................................ 127
11.4.14 ROHS........................................................................................................ 127
General
11.4.15 FLICKER SPECIAL................................................................................... 127
11.4.16 SERIAL NO. .............................................................................................. 127
11.5 COUNTER ........................................................................................................ 128
11.5.1 TOTAL PRINT ........................................................................................... 128
11.5.2 TOTAL SCAN ............................................................................................ 128
11.5.3 PRINTER JAM .......................................................................................... 128
Maintenance
11.5.4 ADF JAM................................................................................................... 128
11.5.5 TROUBLE ................................................................................................. 128
11.6 DISPLAY ........................................................................................................... 129
11.6.1 MAIN F/W VER. ........................................................................................ 129
11.6.2 ENGINE F/W VER. ................................................................................... 129
11.6.3 NIC F/W VER............................................................................................ 129
Adjustment / Setting
11.6.4 MAIN RAM SIZE ....................................................................................... 129
11.6.5 SERIAL NO. .............................................................................................. 129
11.6.6 BB CPLD VER. ......................................................................................... 129
11.6.7 NAND CODE VER. ................................................................................... 129
11.7 FUNCTION ....................................................................................................... 130
11.7.1 PAPER FEED TEST ................................................................................. 130
11.7.2 PRINT TEST PATTERN ............................................................................ 130
Troubleshooting
11.7.3 ADF FEED TEST ...................................................................................... 131
11.7.4 COPY ADF GLASS AREA........................................................................ 131
11.7.5 CCD MOVE TO HOME ............................................................................. 131
11.7.6 FAX RES. COPY TEST............................................................................. 132
11.7.7 SCAN TEST.............................................................................................. 132
11.8 SOFT SWITCH ................................................................................................. 133
11.8.1 KEY DEFINITION FOR SOFT SWITCH ................................................... 133
Appendix
vii
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
viii
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
magicolor 2490MF
12.3.28 SOFT SWITCH: #28 ................................................................................. 190
12.3.29 SOFT SWITCH: #29 ................................................................................. 191
12.3.30 SOFT SWITCH: #30 ................................................................................. 192
12.3.31 SOFT SWITCH: #31 ................................................................................. 193
12.3.32 SOFT SWITCH: #32 ................................................................................. 193
12.3.33 SOFT SWITCH: #33 ................................................................................. 194
12.3.34 SOFT SWITCH: #34 ................................................................................. 194
General
12.3.35 SOFT SWITCH: #35 ................................................................................. 195
12.3.36 SOFT SWITCH: #36 ................................................................................. 196
12.3.37 SOFT SWITCH: #37 ................................................................................. 197
12.3.38 SOFT SWITCH: #38 ................................................................................. 198
12.3.39 SOFT SWITCH: #39 ................................................................................. 199
12.3.40 SOFT SWITCH: #40 ................................................................................. 200
Maintenance
12.3.41 SOFT SWITCH: #41 ................................................................................. 201
12.3.42 SOFT SWITCH: #42 ................................................................................. 202
12.3.43 SOFT SWITCH: #43 ................................................................................. 202
12.3.44 SOFT SWITCH: #44 ................................................................................. 202
12.3.45 SOFT SWITCH: #45 ................................................................................. 203
12.3.46 SOFT SWITCH: #46 ................................................................................. 203
Adjustment / Setting
12.3.47 SOFT SWITCH: #47 ................................................................................. 204
12.3.48 SOFT SWITCH: #48 ................................................................................. 204
12.3.49 SOFT SWITCH: #49 ................................................................................. 205
12.3.50 SOFT SWITCH: #50 ................................................................................. 205
12.3.51 SOFT SWITCH: #51 ................................................................................. 206
12.3.52 SOFT SWITCH: #52 ................................................................................. 206
Troubleshooting
12.3.53 SOFT SWITCH: #53 ................................................................................. 207
12.3.54 SOFT SWITCH: #54 ................................................................................. 207
12.3.55 SOFT SWITCH: #55 ................................................................................. 208
12.3.56 SOFT SWITCH: #56 ................................................................................. 208
12.3.57 SOFT SWITCH: #57 ................................................................................. 208
12.3.58 SOFT SWITCH: #58 ................................................................................. 209
12.3.59 SOFT SWITCH: #59 (Part 1) .................................................................... 210
Appendix
ix
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Troubleshooting
14. Jam display ......................................................................................................... 227
14.1 Misfeed display ................................................................................................. 227
14.1.1 Misfeed display resetting procedure ......................................................... 227
14.2 Sensor layout.................................................................................................... 228
Maintenance
x
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
magicolor 2490MF
15.4.13 19H: Abnormally low heating roller temperature ....................................... 242
15.4.14 1AH: Abnormally high heating roller temperature ..................................... 242
15.4.15 1BH: Faulty thermistor .............................................................................. 242
15.4.16 21H: Faulty OHP sensor ........................................................................... 243
15.4.17 23H: Faulty waste toner near full detection board..................................... 243
15.4.18 31H: IR cooling fan motor malfunction ...................................................... 244
15.4.19 101H: Scanner motor malfunction ............................................................ 244
General
15.4.20 102H: Faulty IR exposure lamp................................................................. 245
15.4.21 ENGINE INTERFACE: Communication error between engine controller.. 245
15.4.22 CONTROLLER: Controller internal error .................................................. 245
16. Power supply errors............................................................................................. 246
16.1 Machine is not energized at all (PU operation check) ...................................... 246
16.2 Control panel indicators do not light ................................................................. 246
Maintenance
16.3 Fusing heaters do not operate.......................................................................... 247
17. Miscellaneous errors ........................................................................................... 248
17.1 How to identify problematic part ....................................................................... 248
17.1.1 Initial check items 1................................................................................... 248
17.1.2 Initial check items 2................................................................................... 249
17.2 Solution............................................................................................................. 250
Adjustment / Setting
17.2.1 Scanner system: Blank copy or black copy............................................... 250
17.2.2 Scanner system: Low image density or rough image ............................... 251
17.2.3 Scanner system: Foggy background......................................................... 252
17.2.4 Scanner system: Black streaks or bands .................................................. 253
17.2.5 Scanner system: Black spots .................................................................... 254
17.2.6 Scanner system: White streaks or bands ................................................. 255
17.2.7 Scanner system: Uneven pitch ................................................................. 256
17.2.8 White lines in FD, white bands in FD, colored lines in FD, Troubleshooting
and colored bands in FD........................................................................... 257
17.2.9 White lines in CD, white bands in CD, colored lines in CD,
and colored bands in CD .......................................................................... 258
17.2.10 Uneven density in FD ................................................................................ 259
17.2.11 Uneven density in CD ............................................................................... 260
17.2.12 Low image density .................................................................................... 261
Appendix
xi
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Appendix
19. Parts layout drawing............................................................................................ 281
19.1 Main Unit .......................................................................................................... 281
Adjustment / Setting
xii
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 1. System configuration
General
magicolor 2490MF
1. System configuration
Machine Front View
General
[1]
[2]
[3]
4139T2E562AA
1
2. Product specifications Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
2. Product specifications
magicolor 2490MF
A. Type
Type Desktop
Printing system Semiconductor laser and electrostatic image transfer to plain paper
Exposure system 2 laser diodes and polygon mirror
PC drum type OPC (organic photo conductor)
Photoconductor
Blade cleaning system
cleaning
Scan resolution 600 x 600 dpi, 600 x 300 dpi
General
Print resolution 2400 x 600 dpi, 1200 x 600 dpi, 600 x 600 dpi
Copy resolution 600 x 600 dpi
Platen Stationary
Original scanning Scanning in main scanning direction with a CCD
Registration Rear left edge
Tray1: 200 sheets
Paper feeding system
Tray2: 500 sheets (Option)
Developing system Single-element developing system
Charging system DC comb electrode Scorotron system
Image transfer
Intermediate transfer belt system
system
Paper separating
Curvature separation + Charge-neutralizing system
system
Fusing system Roller fusing
Paper exit system Face down (Output tray capacity: 100 sheets)
2
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 2. Product specifications
B. Functions
magicolor 2490MF
Average: 45 seconds (100 V area)
Warm-up time Average: 49 seconds (200 - 240 V area)
(at ambient temperature of 23 °C/73.4 °F and rated source voltage)
Plain paper 126.78 mm/second
System speed Thick stock 63.39 mm/second
OHP film 42.26 mm/second
First-page-out time Full color 22 seconds or less: LetterS, A4S
(Plain paper) Monochrome 13 seconds or less: LetterS, A4S
First copy time Full color 52 seconds (600 x 300 dpi scan)
General
(Plain paper) Monochrome 23 seconds (600 x 300 dpi scan)
Copy / Print speed Full color 5 pages/minute
(Plain paper) Monochrome 20 pages/minute
Paper width: 92 to 216 mm (3 1/2 to 8 1/2 inch)
Custom paper sizes
Paper length: 148 to 356 mm (5 3/4 to 14 inch)
Plain Paper (60 to 90 g/m2 / 16 to 24 lb)
Recycled paper (60 to 90 g/m2 / 16 to 24 lb)
Transparencies
Thick stock (91 to 163 g/m2 / 25 to 40 lb)
Media types Postcards
Envelopes
Letterhead
Label stock
Glossy stock
Plain paper and letterhead : 200 sheets
Transparencies, thick stock, postcards, labels stock,
Tray capacities
and glossy stock : 50 sheets
Envelopes : 10 sheets
C. Maintenance
D. Machine Specifications
Voltage: AC 110 to 127 V -10% +6% (AC 120 V ± 10% only US/Canada)
Power requirements AC 220 to 240 V ± 10%
Frequency: 50 to 60 Hz ± 3 Hz
Max power consumption 1,100 W or less
528 (W) x 475 (D) x 531 (H) mm
Dimensions
20 3/4 (W) x 18 3/4 (D) x 21 (H) inch
33 kg (72 3/4 lb) or less
Weight
39 kg (86 lb) or less (include packing material)
During standby : 39 dB (A) or less
Operating noise During printing : 53 dB (A) or less
During copying : 57 dB (A) or less (with ADF)
3
2. Product specifications Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
E. Operating Environment
magicolor 2490MF
NOTE
• These specifications are subject to change without notice.
4
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 2. Product specifications
magicolor 2490MF
Standard (203 dpi x 98 dpi)
Resolution Fine (203 dpi x 196 dpi)
Super fine (203 dpi x 392dpi)
Standard/Fine/Super fine
Halftone level
Half tone standard/Half tone fine/Half tone super fine
Receive Supported
Automatic reduction
Transmit Not supported
Compatibility ECM/Super G3
General
Modem speed V.34 (up to 33.6 Kbps)
Transmit speed 3 second/page (at V.34)
Compression MH/MR/MMR/JBIG
Memory for receiving 4 MB for fax-RX (approx. 250 pages), (included in 32 MB NAND flash)
Remote setting Available via USB/Network
Paper size A4S, LegalS, LetterS
One touch dial 9 one-touch key on operation panel
Speed dial 100 fax numbers
Group dial 9 groups (50 destination stations for one group)
Functions Available maximum 125 stations.
Broadcast (One-touch dial 9 stations, speed dial 100 sta-
tions, full dial 16 stations)
Timer transmission, phone book, real time clock,
Other supported functions
auto redial, reduce/split, smoothing
5
2. Product specifications Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
magicolor 2490MF
General
Blank Page
6
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Periodic check
Maintenance
magicolor 2490MF
3. Periodic check
3.1 Maintenance parts
• To ensure that the machine produces good prints and to extend its service life, it is recommended that
the maintenance jobs described in this schedule be carried out as instructed.
• Replace with reference to the numeric values displayed on the Life Counter.
• Maintenance conditions are based on A4S or 11 x 8 1/2S, Standard mode, and Preheat OFF.
Maintenance
Toner cartridge Continuous print
1 1 about 1,500 pages P.13
(C/M/Y) *1 1P/J
Toner cartridge Continuous print
2 1 about 4,500 pages P.13
(C/M/Y/Bk) *2 1P/J
Processing
Standard print *3 about 18,000 pages
section
Mono- Continuous print about 45,000 pages
3 Drum cartridge 1 chrome 1P/J about 15,000 pages P.16
Continuous print about 11,250 pages
Color
1P/J about 7,500 pages
*1: Four (Y,M,C,K) toner cartridges are set into a machine destined only for North America.
*2: The toner cartridges (Y,M,C) shipped with the machine will need replacement after
about 1,500 printed pages have been produced.
*3: Printed by 3 pages/job for monochrome and 2 pages/job for color
7
3. Periodic check Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Qua
No Classification Part name Replacement cycle Ref.Page
ntity
When a malfunction
1 Write section PH window 1 P.20
occurs
See P.3 of the Auto
2 Paper feed roller 1 Document Feeder
Unit service manual.
Auto Docu- See P.4 of the Auto
When a malfunction
3 ment Feeder Pick-up roller 1 Document Feeder
occurs
Unit Unit service manual.
See P.5 of the Auto
4 Registration roller 3 Document Feeder
Unit service manual.
Tray1 paper When a malfunction
5 Paper feed roller 1 P.10
feed section occurs
See P.3 of the Lower
Tray2 paper When a malfunction
6 Paper pick-up roller 2 Feeder Unit service
feed section occurs manual.
8
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Periodic check
magicolor 2490MF
Max. printed
Description Life Value
pages/image
The period of time during which the main motor is
Drum cartridge 4,500 prints -
energized is counted.
Fusing unit The number of printed pages is counted. 120,000 prints -
2nd transfer roller The number of printed pages is counted. 120,000 prints -
The period of time during which the main motor is
Transfer belt unit energized or the number of printed pages, which- 135,000 pages -
ever reaches the life value first
Toner cartridge The dot counter or the number of printed pages,
4,500 pages 6,000 pages
C/M/Y/Bk whichever reaches the life value first
Maintenance
Item Description
Drum cartridge CW ratio: 5% or less
Print condition Toner cartridge
CW ratio: monochrome continuous print at 5%
Transfer belt unit
Paper size 1-sided print on A4S or 11 x 8 1/2S
9
3. Periodic check Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
NOTE
• The alcohol referred to in the following procedures is isopropyl alcohol.
A. Cleaning procedure
1. Pull the lever [1] and swing open the
[2] IR unit [2].
NOTE
• Note that the IR unit cannot be
swung up with the Auto Document
Feeder Unit in its raised position.
Maintenance
[1]
4139F2C514DA
NOTE
• Position the removed drum car-
tridge as shown in the illustration at
the left.
• Be sure to keep the drum cartridge
horizontal and place it where it will
not become dirty.
4139fs2538c0
• Do not leave the drum cartridge
removed for more than 15 minutes,
and do not place the removed drum
cartridge in a location where it will
be exposed to direct light (such as
sunlight).
10
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Periodic check
magicolor 2490MF
[1] alcohol, wipe the pick-up roller [1]
clean of dirt.
4139F2C516DA
B. Removal procedure
1. Open the top cover.
Maintenance
See P.31
2. Remove the drum cartridge.
See P.16
NOTE
• Position the removed drum car-
tridge as shown in the illustration at
the left.
• Be sure to keep the drum cartridge
horizontal and place it where it will
not become dirty.
4139fs2538c0
• Do not leave the drum cartridge
removed for more than 15 minutes,
and do not place the removed drum
cartridge in a location where it will
be exposed to direct light (such as
sunlight).
11
3. Periodic check Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
Maintenance
4139F2C517DA
12
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Periodic check
3.3.2 PH window
magicolor 2490MF
A. Cleaning procedure
1. Pull the lever [1] and swing open the
[2] IR unit [2].
NOTE
• Note that the IR unit cannot be
swung up with the Auto Document
Feeder Unit in its raised position
[1]
4139F2C514DA
Maintenance
2. Open the top cover.
See P.31
3. Remove the drum cartridge.
See P.16
[1]
4. Using a soft cloth dampened with
alcohol, wipe the PH window [1]
clean of dirt.
4139F2C518DA
A. Removal procedure
1. Check the color of the toner cartridge
to be replaced on the control panel.
2. Press the TC Changer key until the
color of the toner cartridge to be
replaced with a new one is dis-
played.
3. Open the top cover.
See P.31
4. Open the front cover [1] and make
sure that the specific toner cartridge
[1] to be replaced is in the front.
4139F2C519DA
13
3. Periodic check Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[2]
4139F2C520DA
B. Reinstallation procedure
NOTE
Maintenance
4139fs2506c0
[1]
4139fs2534c0
14
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Periodic check
magicolor 2490MF
[1]
4139fs2504c0
Maintenance
[1]
4139F2C521DA
4139F2C522DA
15
3. Periodic check Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
A. Replacement procedure
1. Pull the lever [1] and swing open the
[2] IR unit [2].
NOTE
• Note that the IR unit cannot be
swung up with the Auto Document
Feeder Unit in its raised position
[1]
4139F2C514DA
Maintenance
[1] 4139F2C523DA
NOTE
• Position the removed drum car-
tridge as shown in the illustration at
the left.
• Be sure to keep the drum cartridge
horizontal and place it where it will
not become dirty.
• Do not leave the drum cartridge
removed for more than 15 minutes,
and do not place the removed drum
cartridge in a location where it will
be exposed to direct light (such as
4139fs2538c0
sunlight).
16
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Periodic check
magicolor 2490MF
A. Replacement procedure
1. Pull the lever [1] and swing open the
[2] IR unit [2].
NOTE
• Note that the IR unit cannot be
swung up with the Auto Document
Feeder Unit in its raised position
[1]
4139F2C514DA
Maintenance
2. Open the top cover.
See P.31
3. Disconnect the connector [1].
[1]
4139F2C524DA
17
3. Periodic check Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
NOTE
• When replacing the transfer belt
unit, use care not to touch the sur-
face of the belt. A scratchy or dirty
[1]
belt could result in image problems.
NOTE
• After the transfer belt unit has been
replaced with a new one, reset the
maintenance counter of the transfer
belt unit.
See P.106
Maintenance
A. Replacement procedure
1. Pull the lever [1] and swing open the
[2] IR unit [2].
NOTE
• Note that the IR unit cannot be
swung up with the Auto Document
Feeder Unit in its raised position
[1]
4139F2C514DA
18
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Periodic check
magicolor 2490MF
[3] See P.31
3. Remove the drum cartridge.
See P.16
4. Remove the 2nd transfer roller assy
[3] as follows. While pushing the
levers [2] of the holders [1] located
on both sides, pull the holders [1] to
the front.
[1]
[2] NOTE
• Use care not to lose the two springs
of the 2nd transfer roller assy. They
can easily come off.
[2]
4139F2C526DA
Maintenance
[3] [4], and two collars [5].
6. To reinstall, reverse the order of
removal.
[2]
NOTE
• After the 2nd transfer roller has
[4] been replaced with a new one, reset
[5]
the maintenance counter of the 2nd
[5] transfer roller.
See P.107
[3]
19
3. Periodic check Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
NOTE
• Before replacing the fusing unit, ensure that it has had time to cool down.
[1]
(PJ6,PJ7) [1] from the printer control
board.
4139F2C528DA
[4]
[1]
[2] 4139F2C533DA
20
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Periodic check
magicolor 2490MF
11. Disconnect four connectors [2] and
remove the power switch [3].
NOTE
• At reinstallation, make sure of the
correct position of each connector.
Color of connector Color of harness
1 White Black
2 Red Black
Maintenance
[1]
4139F2C535DA
[2] [1]
4139F2C661DA
21
3. Periodic check Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
4139F2C662DA
[2]
[1]
Maintenance
[1] 4139F2C537DA
[1] 4139F2C538DA
22
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Periodic check
CAUTION
magicolor 2490MF
• When the left guide assy is
mounted after the fusing unit has
been installed, make sure that the
harness of the fusing unit is placed
under the left guide assy.
4139F2C539DA
[1]
Maintenance
4139F2C540DA
4139F2C530DA
[1]
4139F2C532DA
23
3. Periodic check Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
CAUTION
• Make sure that the docking gear
shaft of the fusing unit fits in the
hole of the fusing frame.
• When reinstalling the left cover
after reinstalling the fusing unit,
make sure that the harness of the
fusing unit is located below the rib
of the left cover.
See P.106
Maintenance
[1] 4139F2C531DA
24
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 4. Firmware upgrade
4. Firmware upgrade
magicolor 2490MF
4.1 Controller firmware upgrading
4.1.1 Preparations for firmware upgrading
NOTE
• Make sure that the scanner driver has been installed in the PC.
• Before updating the firmware, print Configuration Page to confirm the current
Controller Firmware Version.
See P.111
BIOS MODE
Maintenance
4139F2E652DA
4. Copy the firmware data and upgrading program in any arbitrary directory of the PC.
5. Double-click "Update.exe”.
6. Click [Browse] and select File path, “GarnetAI0V0XXFaxF01.bin".
7. Click [Update].
4139F2E653DA
25
4. Firmware upgrade Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
FIREMWARE UPDATE
4139F2E654DA
9. When [Transfer Successfully!] message appears on the screen, click [OK] to close the
execution tool.
Maintenance
4139F2E655DA
10. Confirm that [FIRMWARE UPDATE OK] message has been displayed, and turn OFF/
ON the machine's main switch.
FIREMWARE UPDATE OK
MACHINE POWER OFF/ON
4139F2E656DA
26
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 4. Firmware upgrade
magicolor 2490MF
4.2.1 Preparations for firmware upgrading
NOTE
• Make sure that the machine's network is correctly connected to the PC.
• Before updating the firmware, print Configuration Page to confirm the current NIC
Firmware Version.
See P.111
Maintenance
4139F2E677DA
PLEASE WAIT!
UPDATE NIC F/W
FIREMWARE UPDATE
4139F2E678DA
27
4. Firmware upgrade Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
8. When [Transfer Successfully!] message appears on the screen, click [OK] to close the
magicolor 2490MF
execution tool.
4139F2E655DA
9. Confirm that [FIRMWARE UPDATE OK] message has been displayed, and turn OFF/
ON the machine's main switch.
FIREMWARE UPDATE OK
MACHINE POWER OFF/ON
Maintenance
4139F2E656DA
10. When firmware updating completes, turn OFF/ON the machine's main switch.
11. Print Configuration Page to confirm the NIC Firmware Version.
See P.111
28
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
5.1 Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items
A. Black-painted screws
• Do not remove or loosen any of the black-painted screws in the field. Any of such
screws that has been removed calls for readjustment at reinstallation.
B. Red-painted screws
• Do not remove or loosen any of the red-painted screws in the field. It should also
be noted that, when two or more screws are used for a single part, only one repre-
sentative screw may be marked with the red paint.
D. Removal of PWBs
Maintenance
CAUTION
• When removing a circuit board or other electrical component, refer to “SAFETY
AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS” and follow the corresponding removal proce-
dures.
• The removal procedures given in the following omit the removal of connectors
and screws securing the circuit board support or circuit board.
• Where it is absolutely necessary to touch the ICs and other electrical components
on the board, be sure to ground your body.
29
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
30
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
5.3.1 Top cover
Maintenance
4139F2C515DA
[1] 4139F2C610DA
31
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[3] [1]
4139F2C631DA
[2] 4139F2C612DA
32
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
[1] 1. Remove the Auto Document Feeder
Unit.
See P.7 of the Auto Document Feeder
Unit service manual.
2. Open the IR unit.
NOTE
• If the IR unit is to be opened with
the Auto Document Feeder Unit
removed, do that while pushing the
portion [1].
4139F2C626DA
Maintenance
4139F2C613DA
[4]
[1] 4139F2C663DA
33
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
NOTE
• To unhook the tab, insert your fin-
ger into the hole below the hinge
and try to push the cover outward.
[3]
[1]
4139F2C588DA
[1] 4139F2C614DA
4139F2C613DA
34
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
[2] [3]
4. Disconnect two connectors [2] and
remove the ground wire [3]. Then,
remove the control panel [4].
[4]
Maintenance
[1] 4139F2C663DA
[2] [4]
[1]
4139F2C664DA
35
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
4139F2C613DA
[4]
[1] 4139F2C663DA
[3] [1]
4139F2C665DA
36
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
[1] [2] 1. Remove the right cover.
See P.32
2. Remove two screws [1] and discon-
nect the connector [2]. Then, remove
the USB board assy [3].
Maintenance
[1]
[2]
4139F2C616DA
[2]
4139F2C660DA
37
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
[2] [1]
4139F2C666DA
[2] 4139F2C667DA
[2] [1]
4139F2C668DA
38
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
1. Remove the rear cover.
See P.31
2. Remove the screw [1] and the con-
nector protective bracket [2].
3. Disconnect all connectors and flat
cables from the printer control board.
[1] [2]
4139F2C549DA
Maintenance
[3] [1] 4139F2C550DA
6. Remove parameter chip (PJ24) [1] from the printer control board.
NOTE
• When the printer control board (PRCB) has been replaced, be sure to remount
parameter chip (PJ24). Remove parameter chip (PJ24) from the old printer control
board and mount it on the new printer control board.
[1]
4139F2C573DA
39
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
NOTE
A
magicolor 2490MF
4138fs2544c0
See P.37
3. Remove two screws [1] and the fix-
[1] [2]
ing base [2].
4139F2C553DA
[1]
4139F2C555DA
[1]
4139F2C558DA
40
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
DC power supply1 assy [2] toward
[1]
you.
[1] NOTE
• Do not pull the power unit assy
hard, as a number of harnesses are
connected to it.
[2] [1]
4139F2C559DA
Maintenance
[1]
[1]
[1] 4139F2C554DA
[1] 4139F2C560DA
41
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
[2] 4139F2C533DA
Maintenance
42
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
[1] 4139F2C561DA
Maintenance
[2] [1]
4139F2C546DA
NOTE
• When reinstalling the shield, use
care not to allow the harness to be
wedged in it.
43
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[2]
[1]
4139F2C597DA
[1]
4139F2C598DA
[1]
[2]
4139F2C660DA
44
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
[3]
NCU board [2]. Then, remove the
protection film [3].
NOTE
• Make sure to reinstall the protection
film.
[2] [1]
4139F2C661DA
Maintenance
3. Remove eleven screws [1] and dis-
connect the connector [2]. Then,
[1] remove the image processing board
protective cover [3].
[1]
[2]
4139F2C660DA
[3] [1]
4139F2C672DA
45
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
NOTE
• When reinstalling the scanner unit,
pass the belt through portion [5].
[3]
[2]
[5]
Maintenance
4139F2C625DA
5.3.20 IR unit
4139F2C660DA
46
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
holding bracket [2].
[1]
[2]
4139F2C590DA
Maintenance
cessing board.
[2]
[1]
4139F2C591DA
[2]
4139F2C673DA
47
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
NOTE
• To unhook the tab, insert your fin-
ger into the hole below the hinge
and try to push the cover outward.
[3]
[1]
4139F2C588DA
[1]
[2]
4139F2C587DA
48
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
[2]
unit [2].
[1]
Maintenance
4139F2C617DA
49
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
5.3.21 PH unit
magicolor 2490MF
CAUTION
• Do not replace the PH unit while the machine is turned ON. The laser
beam that may be emitted can blind you.
[1] [2]
4139F2C553DA
[2]
4139F2C562DA
50
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
[1]
See P.76
[1] 9. Remove nine screws [1] and the
right frame [2].
[2]
[1]
4139F2C563DA
Maintenance
[1] [2]
4139F2C595DA
[1] [3]
4139F2C565DA
51
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1] 4139F2C566DA
[1]
4139F2C674DA
NOTE
• When rotating the rack, use care
not to touch the developing roller.
[2]
[3] 4139F2C568DA
52
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
remove the toner cartridge [1].
17. Repeat steps 14 and 15 to remove
all toner cartridges.
[1]
4139F2C569DA
NOTE
• Position the removed drum car-
tridge as shown in the illustration at
Maintenance
the left.
• Be sure to keep the drum cartridge
horizontal and place it where it will
not become dirty.
• Do not leave the drum cartridge
removed for more than 15 minutes,
4139fs2538c0
and do not place the removed drum
cartridge in a location where it will
be exposed to direct light (such as
sunlight).
NOTE
• Through the hole [3] at the location
shown on the left, push the tab of
the PH unit cover and remove the
PH unit cover.
• Note the connector connected to
the PH unit cover/Right. Use care
[1] [3] not to pull the unit with an exces-
sive force, so you don’t break the
wire.
[2] 4139F2C570DA
53
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1] [1]
4139F2C571DA
[2]
4139F2C572DA
54
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
1. Remove the rear cover.
See P.31
2. Remove the right cover.
See P.32
3. Remove the left cover.
See P.31
4. Remove the high voltage unit and shield.
See steps 1 to 2 of the removal procedure for “Tray1 paper pick-up solenoid (SD1)” on
P.66.
5. Remove the Rack Drive Assy.
See steps 1 through 3 of the removal procedure for “Developing motor (M3)” on P.62.
6. Remove the ventilation fan motor.
[1] [3]
See P.59
7. Remove one screw [1], unlock two
tabs [2] and remove the ventilation
fan duct [3].
Maintenance
[2]
4139F2C600DA
[1]
[1]
4139F2C601DA
55
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
4139F2C602DA
[1] [2]
4139F2C553DA
[2]
4139F2C562DA
56
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
[1]
See P.76
[1] 5. Remove nine screws [1] and the
right frame [2].
[2]
[1]
4139F2C563DA
[3]
6. Remove four screws [1], disconnect
[1]
the connector [2], and remove the
Maintenance
main motor [3].
[2]
[1]
4139F2C578DA
[1] [2]
4139F2C553DA
57
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[2]
4139F2C562DA
[2]
[1]
4139F2C563DA
[1]
4139F2C579DA
58
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
and guide [3].
[1] [2]
4139F2C595DA
Maintenance
[1] [3]
4139F2C565DA
[2] 4139F2C580DA
[1] [2]
4139F2C553DA
59
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[2]
4139F2C562DA
[2]
[1]
4139F2C563DA
[1]
4139F2C574DA
60
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
[2]
ventilation fan motor and remove the
harness from the wiring saddle [2].
[1]
4139F2C575DA
Maintenance
[1] 4139F2C576DA
[1] [2]
4139F2C553DA
[2]
4139F2C562DA
61
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
See P.76
[1] 5. Remove nine screws [1] and the
right frame [2].
[2]
[1]
4139F2C563DA
[2]
4139F2C592DA
62
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
safety switch assy
• Check that the switch is actuated
with the front cover and the Upper
Cover closed.
• Make sure that the distance
between the switch lever and
switch case (with the switch in the
actuated position) falls within the
specified range.
Specifications: 0.1 to 1.0 mm
4139fs2068c2
[2]
Maintenance
[1]
4139F2C593DA
[3] [2]
4139F2C594DA
63
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[2] [1]
4139F2C599DA
4139F2C632DA
[1] 4139F2C629DA
64
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
scanner motor [2].
[1] 4139F2C630DA
Maintenance
NOTE
• When reinstalling the IR cooling fan
motor assy, pass the harness
through the guide.
[2]
4139F2C618DA
[1] [2]
4139F2C619DA
65
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1] 4139F2C620DA
CAUTION
• When reinstalling the shield, make
sure that no part of the harness is
wedged in the mechanism.
[1] [2]
4139F2C586DA
66
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
[1] 1. Remove the power supply cooling
fan motor.
See P.57
2. Remove the tab [1] and the guide [2].
[2] 4139F2C581DA
Maintenance
[3]
[2]
[1]
4139F2C582DA
4139fs2067c1
67
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1] [2]
4139F2C553DA
[2]
Maintenance
4139F2C562DA
[2]
[1]
4139F2C563DA
68
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
nect the connector [2]. Then, remove
the pressure/retraction solenoid/
cleaning blade [3].
Maintenance
[2] 4139F2C581DA
[4]
[2]
[3]
4139F2C583DA
69
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
4139F2C621DA
NOTE
• Use care not to lose the two
Maintenance
springs.
• Be careful not to damage the actua-
tor of the tray1 paper empty sensor.
[1]
4139F2C622DA
4139F2C623DA
70
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
1. Remove the transfer belt unit.
[1]
See P.17
2. Remove two screws [1] and the IDC
sensor protective cover [2].
[2]
4139F2C604DA
Maintenance
[1] [2]
4139F2C603DA
[1]
4139fs2512c0
71
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
B. Reinstallation procedure
magicolor 2490MF
[1] NOTE
• There are five slots provided in the
[2]
coupling gear [1] of the Paper Feed
Clutch. These slots are for adjust-
ing the position of the Feed Roller.
When the torque limiter [2] is rein-
stalled, it is necessary to adjust the
position of the coupling gear [1]
and torque limiter [2] so that any
paper take-up failure can be pre-
vented.
4139fs2513c0
4139F2C605DA
4139F2C606DA
4139F2C607DA
72
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
1. Pull the lever [1] and swing open the
IR unit [2].
[2]
NOTE
• Note that the IR unit cannot be
swung up with the Auto Document
Feeder Unit in its raised position
[1]
4139F2C514DA
Maintenance
[1] 2. Remove the Auto Document Feeder
Unit.
See P.7 of the Auto Document Feeder
Unit service manual.
3. Remove the IR unit.
See P.46
4. Remove the screw [1] and the top
left cover [2].
[2]
4139F2C529DA
[4]
[1]
[2] 4139F2C533DA
73
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
NOTE
• At reinstallation, make sure of the
correct position of each connector.
Color of connector Color of harness
1 White Black
2 Red Black
[1]
4139F2C535DA
[2] [1]
4139F2C661DA
74
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Other
magicolor 2490MF
MPJ3) [1] from the image processing
board.
[1]
4139F2C662DA
[2]
[1]
Maintenance
[1] 4139F2C537DA
[2] [1]
4139F2C541DA
75
5. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
CAUTION
magicolor 2490MF
4139F2C542DA
[2] [1]
4139F2C675DA
76
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 6. How to use the adjustment section
Adjustment/Setting
magicolor 2490MF
6. How to use the adjustment section
• “Adjustment/Setting” contains detailed information on the adjustment items and proce-
dures for this machine.
• Throughout this “Adjustment/Setting,” the default settings are indicated by “ ”.
A. Advance Checks
• Before attempting to solve the customer problem, the following advance checks must be
made. Check to see if:
1. The power supply voltage meets the specifications.
2. The power supply is properly grounded.
3. The machine shares the power supply with any other machine that draws large current
intermittently (e.g., elevator and air conditioner that generate electric noise).
4. The installation site is environmentally appropriate: high temperature, high humidity,
direct sunlight, ventilation, etc.; levelness of the installation site.
5. The original has a problem that may cause a defective image.
6. The density is properly selected.
7. The original glass, slit glass, or related part is dirty.
8. Correct paper is being used for printing.
9. The units, parts, and supplies used for printing (developer, PC Drum, etc.) are properly
replenished and replaced when they reach the end of their useful service life.
10. Toner is not running out.
Adjustment / Setting
2. If it is unavoidably necessary to service the machine with its power turned ON, use
utmost care not to be caught in the Scanner Cables or gears of the Exposure Unit.
3. Special care should be used when handling the fusing unit which can be extremely hot.
4. The Developing Unit has a strong magnetic field. Keep watches and measuring instru-
ments away from it.
5. Take care not to damage the PC Drum with a tool or similar device.
6. Do not touch IC pins with bare hands.
77
7. Description of the control panel Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
4139F3E506DA
T ON E R R EMA I N I NG
4139F3E507DA
78
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 8. Menu mode
8. Menu mode
magicolor 2490MF
8.1 Menu mode function tree
• The press of the Menu/Select key will display the menu of the following functions.
• <*>: This function becomes available only when the optional tray2 is mounted on the
machine.
Ref.
Menu Mode
page
MACHINE SETTING 1 AUTO PANEL RESET P.82
2 ENERGY SAVE MODE P.82
3 LCD CONTRAST P.82
4 LANGUAGE P.82
5 LAMP OFF TIME P.82
6 BUZZER VOLUME P.83
7 INITIAL MODE P.83
8 TONER EMPTY STOP P.83
9 AUTO CONTINUE P.83
10 CALIBRATION P.83
PAPER SOURCE SETUP TRAY1 PAPER PLAIN PAPER
TRANSPARENCY
LABELS
LETTERHEAD
P.84
ENVELOP
Adjustment / Setting
POSTCARD
THICK STOCK
GLOSSY
TRAY2 PAPER <*> P.84
COPY SETTING 1 MODE P.85
2 DENSITY LEVEL (A) P.85
3 DENSITY LEVEL (M) P.85
4 COLLATE P.85
5 QUALITY P.85
6 PAPER PRIORITY P.86
FAX REGISTRATION 1 ONE-TOUCH DIAL P.86
2 SPEED DIAL P.86
3 GROUP DIAL P.86
TX SETTING 1 SCAN DENSITY P.87
2 RESOLUTION P.87
3 HEADER P.87
79
8. Menu mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Ref.
Menu Mode
magicolor 2490MF
page
RX SETTING 1 MEMORY RX MODE P.88
2 NO. of RINGS P.88
3 REDUCTION RX P.88
4 RX PRINT P.92
5 RX MODE P.92
6 FOOTER P.92
7 SELECT TRAY P.93
COMM. SETTING 1 TEL LINE TYPE P.94
2 LINE MONITOR P.94
3 PSTN/PBX P.94
REPORTING 1 ACTIVITY REPORT P.95
2 TX RESULT REPORT P.95
3 RX RESULT REPORT P.95
USER SETTING 1 FAX PTT SETTING P.96
2 DATE&TIME HOUR
MINUTE
YEAR P.96
MONTH
DAY
3 DATE FORMAT P.96
4 PRESET ZOOM P.96
Adjustment / Setting
80
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 8. Menu mode
Ref.
magicolor 2490MF
Menu Mode
page
E-MAIL SETTING 1 SENDER NAME P.99
2 E-MAIL ADDRESS P.99
3 SMTP SERVER P.100
4 SMTP PORT NO. P.100
5 SMTP TIMEOUT P.100
6 TEXT INSERT P.100
7 DEFAULT SUBJECT P.100
SCANNER SETTING 1 RESOLUTION P.101
2 IMAGE FORMAT P.101
3 CODING METHOD P.101
Adjustment / Setting
81
8. Menu mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
• Sets the period of time after which the initial screen reappears after the last print job is
Function
received or the last panel key is operated.
Use • To set the period of time by executing auto panel reset.
• The default setting is ON.
Function • To specify the time until the machine enters Energy Save mode after a copy cycle has
Use been completed or after the last key operation.
8.2.4 LANGUAGE
Function • Sets the timing at which the scanner unit lamp turns OFF.
• MODE1: When four hours have passed since the last operation was performed
Use
• MODE2: When the machine enters Energy Save mode
82
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 8. Menu mode
magicolor 2490MF
Function
• To set the volume of alarms and the beep sounded when a key is pressed.
Use
Function • To set the mode (Copy mode or Fax mode) that the machine starts up in or returns to
Use after the Control Panel is reset.
Function • Specifies whether to stop or continue printing when a toner empty condition is detected.
Use • To permit printing upon a toner empty condition.
• The default setting is ON.
Adjustment / Setting
8.2.9 AUTO CONTINUE
• Enables or disables printing when the size of the media loaded in the tray does not
Function
match that of the print data.
• To print data on the media loaded in the tray if the media loaded in the tray does not
Use
match that of the print data.
8.2.10 CALIBRATION
ON “OFF”
Setting/
procedure 1. Select [MACHINE SETTING] and then [10 CALIBRATION], and press the Menu Select
key.
2. Select [ON] and press the Menu Select key.
3. Image stabilization is executed.
83
8. Menu mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Function • Sets the type and size of the paper loaded in tray1.
• When the type and size of the paper loaded in tray1 have been changed
Use
• The default setting varies according to the voltage of the printer.
• The default setting is PLAIN PAPER.
<ENVELOPE>
"COM10”, C5, C6, DL, MONARCH, CHOU #3, YOU #4, CHOU #4
<POSTCARD>
“DOUBLE POSTCARD”, J-POSTCARD
Function • This function becomes available only when the optional tray2 is mounted in the
machine.
Use • To set the size of paper loaded in tray2 according to that actually loaded.
• PLAIN PAPER only
Setting/ • Default setting of paper size depend on the marketing area setting.
procedure USA and Canada: “LETTER”, Other country: “A4”
LETTER A4
84
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 8. Menu mode
magicolor 2490MF
8.4.1 MODE
Function
• To set the density level when the Auto density is selected.
Use
Function
• To set the density level when the Manual density is selected.
Use
Adjustment / Setting
Setting/ • The default setting is .
procedure
LIGHT -3 -2 -1 “0” +1 +2 +3 DARK
8.4.4 COLLATE
8.4.5 QUALITY
85
8. Menu mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Function • This function can be used to program one-touch dial keys with fax numbers, allowing
the recipient to be specified easily and accurately without the need to manually enter the
Use number using the 10-Key Pad. This dialing method is convenient for programming num-
bers where faxes are frequently sent to.
• A maximum of 9 fax numbers can be programmed.
Function • This function can be used to program speed dial numbers with fax numbers, allowing
the recipient to be specified easily and accurately without the need to manually enter the
Use number using the 10-Key Pad.
• A maximum of 100 fax numbers (001 to 100) can be programmed.
Function • This function can be used to program a single one-touch dial key with a maximum of 50
different fax numbers as one group. Programming a one-touch dial key with a group of
Use fax numbers is convenient when documents are frequently sent to a set group of multi-
ple recipients.
The contents of registration.
Setting/
• Group name: 20 characters.
procedure
• Information of destination station: The contents of ONE-TOUCH DIAL or SPEED DIAL.
86
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 8. Menu mode
8.6 TX SETTING
magicolor 2490MF
8.6.1 SCAN DENSITY
• This function can be used to set the default scanning contrast level to one of three set-
Function
tings between [LIGHT] and [DARK].
• For dark-colored paper (media), select a setting towards [LIGHT]. For faint or colored
Use
text, select a setting toward [DARK].
8.6.2 RESOLUTION
Function • This function can be used to set the default scanning resolution (image quality) to one of
the following: [Standard], [Fine], [Super Fine], [Half Tone + Standard], [Half Tone + Fine]
Use or [Half Tone + Super Fine].
• The default setting is “STD”.
Adjustment / Setting
8.6.3 HEADER
Function • This function can be used to set the default setting (ON or OFF) for adding the header
Use (date sent, sender's name and fax number, etc.) when sending faxes.
• The default setting is “ON”.
“ON”: Add header
OFF: No header
NOTE
• For USA, CANADA, KOREA, Header print is set ON, and setting change to OFF by
the user is not allowed.
87
8. Menu mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
8.7 RX SETTING
magicolor 2490MF
Function • This function can be used to set whether to allow [ON] memory reception or not [OFF].
In cases when confidential faxes are being received, the received document can be
stored in the memory and printed at a specified time or when memory reception is set to
Use [OFF]. A password can be set to specify the starting time or ending time of memory
reception, or to cancel the function. The set starting time and ending time are valid every
day until memory reception is turned off.
• The default setting is “OFF”.
Setting/
ON: Enable memory RX mode
procedure
“OFF”: Disable memory RX mode
Function • This function can be used to set the number of rings between 1 and 16 until the call is
Use answered.
• The default setting is “2”.
• Depend on soft switch setting of marketing area.
Setting/
procedure 1: Once “2”: Twice 3: 3 times 4: 4 times 5: 5 times 6: 6 times
7: 7 times 8: 8 times 9: 9 times 10: 10 times 11: 11 times 12: 12 times
13: 13 times 14: 14 times 15: 15 times 16: 16 times
8.7.3 REDUCTION RX
Adjustment / Setting
Function • This function can be used to set whether documents longer than the paper are printed
reduced [ON], split [OFF], or discarded [CUT]. However, when sending a document
Use more than 24 mm (1 inch) longer than the paper, [CUT] is not available. (In this case, the
document is split.)
• The default setting is “ON”.
Setting/ “ON”: Reduction print mode
procedure OFF: 100% RX mode
CUT: Cut mode
88
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 8. Menu mode
magicolor 2490MF
• It reduces (only the FD direction) and prints so that receiving data will in a recording
paper.
Recording
Footer Length of received image Printing
paper size
Less than 289 mm 1 page with 100%
290 mm to 385 mm 1 page with (289 mm / image length)% reduction
OFF 386 mm to 570 mm Divide into 2 pages with 100%
571 mm to 851 mm Divide into 3 pages with 100%
852 mm or more Divide into 4 pages (or more) with 100%
A4
Less than 285 mm 1 page with 100%
286 mm to 381 mm 1 page with (285 mm / image length)% reduction
ON 382 mm to 562 mm Divide into 2 pages with 100%
563 mm to 839 mm Divide into 3 pages with 100%
840 mm or more Divide into 4 pages (or more) with 100%
Less than 271 mm 1 page with 100%
272 mm to 387 mm 1 page with (271 mm / image length)% reduction
OFF 388 mm to 534 mm Divide into 2 pages with 100%
535 mm to 797 mm Divide into 3 pages with 100%
798 mm or more Divide into 4 pages (or more) with 100%
Letter
Less than 267 mm 1 page with 100%
268 mm to 381 mm 1 page with (267 mm / image length)% reduction
ON 382 mm to 526 mm Divide into 2 pages with 100%
Adjustment / Setting
527 mm to 785 mm Divide into 3 pages with 100%
786 mm or more Divide into 4 pages (or more) with 100%
Less than 348 mm 1 page with 100%
349 mm to 385 mm 1 page with (347 mm / image length)% reduction
OFF 386 mm to 688 mm Divide into 2 pages with 100%
689 mm to 1,028 mm Divide into 3 pages with 100%
1,029 mm or more Divide into 4 pages (or more) with 100%
Legal
Less than 344 mm 1 page with 100%
345 mm to 381 mm 1 page with (343 mm / image length)% reduction
ON 382 mm to 680 mm Divide into 2 pages with 100%
681 mm to 1,016 mm Divide into 3 pages with 100%
1,017 mm or more Divide into 4 pages (or more) with 100%
89
8. Menu mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Recording
Footer Length of received image Printing
paper size
Less than 289 mm 1 page
290 mm to 570 mm Divide into 2 pages
OFF
571 mm to 851 mm Divide into 3 pages
852 mm or more Divide into 4 pages or more
A4
Less than 285 mm 1 page
286 mm to 562 mm Divide into 2 pages
ON
563 mm to 839 mm Divide into 3 pages
840 mm or more Divide into 4 pages or more
Less than 271 mm 1 page
272 mm to 534 mm Divide into 2 pages
OFF
535 mm to 797 mm Divide into 3 pages
798 mm or more Divide into 4 pages or more
Letter
Less than 267 mm 1 page
268 mm to 526 mm Divide into 2 pages
ON
527 mm to 785 mm Divide into 3 pages
786 mm or more Divide into 4 pages or more
Less than 348 mm 1 page
349 mm to 688 mm Divide into 2 pages
OFF
689 mm to 1,028 mm Divide into 3 pages
Adjustment / Setting
90
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 8. Menu mode
magicolor 2490MF
• The data that is larger than 1-page record area is cut and not recorded (to 24 mm).
Recording
Footer Length of received image Printing
paper size
Less than 289 mm 1 page
290 mm to 313 mm Print into 1 page. 1 mm to 24 mm of end is cut.
314 mm to 570 mm Divide into 2 pages
OFF 571 mm to 594 mm Divide into 2 pages. 1 mm to 24 mm of end is cut.
595 mm to 851 mm Divide into 3 pages
Divide into 3 pages (or more). 1 mm to 24 mm of end
852 mm or more
is cut.
A4
Less than 285 mm 1 page
286 mm to 309 mm Print into 1 page. 1 mm to 24 mm of end is cut.
310 mm to 562 mm Divide into 2 pages
ON 563 mm to 586 mm Divide into 2 pages. 1 mm to 24 mm of end is cut.
587 mm to 839 mm Divide into 3 pages
Divide into 3 pages (or more). 1 mm to 24 mm of end
840 mm or more
is cut.
Less than 271 mm 1 page
272 mm to 295 mm Print into 1 page. 1 mm to 24 mm of end is cut.
296 mm to 534 mm Divide into 2 pages
OFF 535 mm to 558 mm Divide into 2 pages. 1 mm to 24 mm of end is cut.
559 mm to 797 mm Divide into 3 pages
Adjustment / Setting
Divide into 3 pages (or more). 1 mm to 24 mm of end
798 mm or more
is cut.
Letter
Less than 267 mm 1 page
268 mm to 291 mm Print into 1 page. 1 mm to 24 mm of end is cut.
292 mm to 526 mm Divide into 2 pages
ON 527 mm to 550 mm Divide into 2 pages. 1 mm to 24 mm of end is cut.
551 mm to 785 mm Divide into 3 pages
Divide into 3 pages (or more). 1 mm to 24 mm of end
786 mm or more
is cut.
91
8. Menu mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Recording
Footer Length of received image Printing
magicolor 2490MF
paper size
Less than 347 mm 1 page
348 mm to 371 mm Print into 1 page. 1 mm to 24 mm of end is cut.
372 mm to 686 mm Divide into 2 pages
OFF 687 mm to 710 mm Divide into 2 pages. 1 mm to 24 mm of end is cut.
711 mm to 1,025 mm Divide into 3 pages
Divide into 3 pages (or more). 1 mm to 24 mm of end
1,026 mm or more
is cut.
Legal
Less than 343 mm 1 page
344 mm to 367 mm Print into 1 page. 1 mm to 24 mm of end is cut.
368 mm to 678 mm Divide into 2 pages
ON 679 mm to 702 mm Divide into 2 pages. 1 mm to 24 mm of end is cut.
703 mm to 1,013 mm Divide into 3 pages
Divide into 3 pages (or more). 1 mm to 24 mm of end
1,014 mm or more
is cut.
8.7.4 RX PRINT
Function • This function can be used to set whether the fax is only printed after all document pages
have been received [MEMORY RX] or printing begins as soon as the first page of the
Use document is received [PRINT RX].
• The default setting is “MEMORY RX”.
Setting/
procedure “MEMORY RX”: Printed after all document pages have been received.
Adjustment / Setting
PRINT RX: Printing begins as soon as the first page of the document is received.
8.7.5 RX MODE
Function • This function can be used to set the reception mode to automatic reception [AUTO RX]
or manual reception [MANUAL RX].
• Automatic reception: Automatically begins receiving after the set number of rings.
Use • Manual reception: Does not automatically receive the fax. Reception begins after mak-
ing a connection by picking up the telephone receiver or pressing the
Speaker key, then pressing the Start key.
• The default setting is “AUTO RX”.
Setting/
procedure “AUTO RX”: Automatic reception
MANUAL RX: Manual reception
8.7.6 FOOTER
Function • This function can be used to set whether or not the reception information (date received,
Use number of pages, etc.) is printed at the bottom of each received document.
• The default setting is “OFF”.
Setting/
procedure ON: Add footer
OFF: No footer
92
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 8. Menu mode
magicolor 2490MF
When footer is selected ON, it is printed at the end of printable area. 4 mm line area from
the end of printable area is kept for printing footer. It should be attached on footer area
regardless of image length. If the received image is divided into 2 pages or more, footer is
printed in the specified location of all the recording sheets of paper printed.
Function • This function can be used to select which paper tray can be used to supply paper when
printing received documents or transmission reports. (A paper tray that cannot be used
Use for supplying paper can also be specified.)
• This function is only available when an optional paper tray is installed.
• The default setting is “Enable”.
Adjustment / Setting
Tray1: “Enable” Disable
Setting/ Tray2: “Enable” Disable
procedure
• A non-equipped cassette is not displayed.
When setting value is determined, reception setting of utility menu is indicated.
This setting has effect on RX print and Report print.
93
8. Menu mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Function • This function can be used to specify the dialing system. If this function is not correctly
set to the type of dialing system used, faxes cannot be sent. Select the correct setting
after checking which type of dialing system is used by your telephone line.
• There are two types of telephone dialing systems: tone dialing (PB) and pulse dialing
Use (DP10pps or DP20pps). Faxes cannot be sent if this machine is not set to the system
used by your telephone line. Select the correct setting after checking which type of dial-
ing system is used.
• The default setting is “TONE”.
Function • This function can be used to set the volume when monitoring communication to [HIGH],
Use [LOW] or [OFF].
8.8.3 PSTN/PBX
Function • This function can be used to set whether the connected telephone wiring is a public
switched telephone network (PSTN) or a private branch exchange (PBX).
For a PBX system, the outside line access number (or extension number) must be spec-
ified.
Use • The connected wiring system can be set to either PSTN (Public Switched Telephone
Network) or PBX (Private Branch Exchange). For a PBX system, the outside line access
number (or extension number) must be specified. The outside line access number (or
extension number) is programmed in the [#] key.
• The default setting is “PSTN”.
Setting/
procedure “PSTN”: Public Switched Telephone Network
PBX: Private Branch Exchange
94
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 8. Menu mode
8.9 REPORTING
magicolor 2490MF
8.9.1 ACTIVITY REPORT
Function • Every 60 transmissions/receptions, a report can be printed to show the results of the
transmissions/receptions. This function can be used to set whether the report is printed
Use automatically when the 60th transmission/ reception is reached.
Function • This function can be used to set whether the report showing the result of a transmission
Use is printed automatically after the transmission is finished.
• The default setting is “ON (ERROR)”.
Function • This function can be used to set whether the report showing the result of a reception is
printed automatically after mailbox reception is finished.
Use (If regular reception is not finished normally, a report will always be printed, regardless
Adjustment / Setting
of the selected setting.)
• The default setting is “ON (ERROR)”.
95
8. Menu mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
NOTE
When setting was change follow setting will return to default automatically.
• [PAPER SOURCE SETUP]
• [DATE FORMAT]
• [PRESET ZOOM]
• [PAPER SIZE] in [DIRECT PRINT]
• [SOFT SWITCH]
Function • Sets the date and time to be indicated on the output of print report.
Use • At setup and when MEMORY CLEAR has been executed
Function • Sets the format of the date to be indicated on the output of PRINT REPORT.
Use • To change the format of the date to be indicated on the output of PRINT REPORT
Function • Sets the type of paper for fixed zoom ratio setting.
Use • To change the type of paper for fixed zoom ratio setting
Setting/ • The default setting is “INCH” (for the inch areas) or “METRIC” (for the metric areas).
procedure “INCH” “METRIC”
96
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 8. Menu mode
magicolor 2490MF
Function • Enter user fax number.
Use • The specified number is printed in the header of sent faxes.
Setting/ • Max. 20 digits.
procedure • The characters which can be inputted are “numbers from 0 to 9”, “Space”, “+” and “-.”
Function • The User Name is used for the indication of destination station at the time of the com-
Use munication between same models.
Setting/
• Maximum 32 digits character can be inputted.
procedure
Function • Sets the output resolution for camera direct photo printing.
Use • To change the output resolution for camera direct photo printing.
Adjustment / Setting
Function • Sets the paper size for camera direct photo printing.
• To change the paper size for camera direct photo printing.
Use
• The default setting varies according to the voltage of the printer.
<TRAY1>
“PLAIN PAPER” LABELS POSTCARD THICK STOCK GLOSSY
<TRAY2>
• The default setting is A4 or LETTER.
“A4” “LETTER”
97
8. Menu mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Function • Sets the number of images printed on one page for camera direct photo printing.
• To specify the number of camera direct photo printing images to be printed on each
Use
sheet.
Function • This function is used to specify the IP address for the copier.
NOTE
Use • Please consult customer’s network administrator for information about the IP
address to use.
• The default setting is “AUTO”.
“AUTO” SPECIFY
• If AUTO is selected, the IP address is automatically acquired from the DHCP server.
Setting/
procedure NOTE
• AUTO is only enabled if there is a DHCP server available on the network.
• When AUTO is selected, there is no need to set the SUBNET MASK or GATEWAY
setting.
Adjustment / Setting
Function • This function is used to specify the subnet mask value for the network.
NOTE
Use • Please consult customer’s network administrator for information about the sub-
net mask to use.
• Setting LAN connect to WAN the net mask address.
Setting/ NOTE
procedure • If Auto is selected for [IP ADDRESS], the items of [SUBNET MASK] and [GATE-
WAY] are automatically set. Key entry is therefore disabled for [SUBNET MASK]
and [GATEWAY].
98
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 8. Menu mode
8.12.3 GATEWAY
magicolor 2490MF
Function • This function is used to specify the default gateway (IP address) of a router on the net-
work.
Use NOTE
• Please consult customer’s network administrator for information about the gate-
way to use.
• Setting LAN address.
Setting/ NOTE
procedure • If Auto is selected for [IP ADDRESS], the items of [SUBNET MASK] and [GATE-
WAY] are automatically set. Key entry is therefore disabled for [SUBNET MASK]
and [GATEWAY].
Function • This function is used to enable or disable the DNS (Domain Name System) setting. If
there is a DNS server on your network, enter the IP address of the DNS server.
• If the DNS server is located within your local network, select [ENABLE]. If you are using
the DNS server of an Internet service provider (ISP) or some other DNS server located
Use outside your local network, select [DISABLE].
NOTE
• Please consult customer’s network administrator for details.
Adjustment / Setting
8.13 E-MAIL SETTING
8.13.1 SENDER NAME
Function
• This function is used to specify the sender’s name.
Use
Setting/ • The default setting is “magicolor 2490MF”.
procedure • Up to 20 characters can be entered for the sender name.
Function • This function is used to specify the e-mail address of the sender.
NOTE
Use • Please consult customer’s network administrator for information about the e-mail
address to use.
• Up to 64 characters can be entered for the sender address.
Setting/
• If customer does not receive e-mail on the copier, enter the e-mail address of the cus-
procedure
tomer’s administrator.
99
8. Menu mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Function • This function is used to enter the IP address or host name of an SMTP server.
NOTE
Use • Please consult customer’s network administrator for information about the IP
address to use.
• Up to 64 characters can be entered for the host name.
Setting/
• The DNS settings must have been specified before specifying the host name for the
procedure
SMTP server.
Function • This function is used to enter the port number (1 to 65535) for the SMTP server.
NOTE
Use • Please consult customer’s network administrator for information about the port
number to use.
Setting/ • The port number can be set between 1 and 65535.
procedure • Normally, port number 25 is used.
Function • This function is used to specify the length of time (in seconds) before the connection to
Use the SMTP server times out. (30 to 300 seconds)
Setting/ • The default setting is “60”.
procedure • The time out period can be between 30 and 300 seconds.
Adjustment / Setting
Function • This function is used to specify whether or not to insert text explaining that an image has
Use been attached to an e-mail message, when sending scan data as an E-mail attachment.
• The default setting is “OFF”.
Setting/ ON “OFF”
procedure
• ON: If ON is selected, the following text is inserted in the e-mail message.
• OFF: If OFF is selected, a blank e-mail message will be sent.
Function • This function is used to specify the default subject line, when sending scan data as an e-
Use mail attachment.
Setting/ • The default setting is “From mc2490MF”.
procedure • Up to 20 characters can be entered for the default subject.
100
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 8. Menu mode
magicolor 2490MF
8.14.1 RESOLUTION
Function • The default settings for resolution used by the scan to e-mail and scan to server (FTP)
Use functions can be specified.
Function • The default settings for data format used by the scan to e-mail and scan to server (FTP)
Use functions can be specified.
Function • The default settings for coding method, used by the scan to e-mail and scan to server
Use (FTP) functions can be specified.
Adjustment / Setting
101
9. User service mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
B. Exiting
• Press the Stop/Reset key.
Ref.
MAINTENANCE
page
1. FAX MAINTENANCE TX SPEED P.103
RX SPEED P.103
TX LEVEL P.103
RX LEVEL P.103
DTMF LEVEL P.103
CNG LEVEL P.104
CED LEVEL P.104
ECM MODE P.104
CODING SCHEME P.104
TONER EMPTY REPORT P.105
PROTOCOL REPORT P.105
2. SRU USAGE TRANSFER BELT P.106
Adjustment / Setting
102
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 9. User service mode
magicolor 2490MF
9.2.1 TX SPEED
Function
• Transmit start speed setting. Choose the mode from among the following.
Use
• The default setting is “V.34 33600”.
Setting/ “V.34”: “33600”, 31200, 28800, 26400, 24000, 21600, 19200, 16800
procedure V.17: 14400, 12000, 9600, 7200
V.29: 9600, 7200
V.27: 4800, 2400
9.2.2 RX SPEED
Function
• Reception start speed setting. Choose the mode from among the following.
Use
• The default setting is “V.34 33600”.
Setting/ “V.34”: “33600”, 31200, 28800, 26400, 24000, 21600, 19200, 16800
procedure V.17: 14400, 12000, 9600, 7200
V.29: 9600, 7200
V.27: 4800, 2400
9.2.3 TX LEVEL
Function
• PSK/FSK signal output level.
Adjustment / Setting
Use
9.2.4 RX LEVEL
Function
• Reception sensitivity level.
Use
Function
• Dual tone output level.
Use
103
9. User service mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Function
• Calling tone output level.
Use
Function
• Answer tone output level.
Use
Function
• Select error correction mode.
Use
• The default setting is “ON”.
Setting/ “ON”: When an error occurs during communication, re-send the frame where the
procedure error occurs.
OFF: Any error is ignored during communication.
Adjustment / Setting
Function
• Select compression method in TX/ RX mode.
Use
• The default setting is “JBIG”.
104
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 9. User service mode
magicolor 2490MF
Function • Select to generate a report to a specific destination when toner empty status occurs in
Use the engine.
• The default setting is “OFF”.
SERVICE REPORT
NAME:ABC 123
TEL:1234567
DATE: Jul. 01.2006 15:12
The Fax’s following conditions were appears, the machine may be can not work correctly, the Fax already send a
report to your dealer automatically. They will contact with you soon.
Adjustment / Setting
Function • Print communication report.
Use • Choose one from among the following.
• The default setting is “OFF”.
Setting/ “OFF”: Disable T.30 communication report.
procedure ON: Print T.30 communication report.
ON (ERROR): Print T.30 communication report when an error occurs.
105
9. User service mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
106
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 9. User service mode
magicolor 2490MF
• Resets the counter value of the transfer roller.
Function
• Executes the image stabilization sequence.
Use • To reset the transfer roller counter after the transfer roller is replaced.
1. Enter the user service mode and call [3. RESET COUNT] to the screen.
2. Select [TRANSFER ROLLER] and press the Menu Select key.
Setting/ 3. Press the Menu Select key.
procedure 4. Turn OFF the machine's main switch.
5. When the machine's main switch is turned ON, the image stabilization is automatically
executed.
Function • Moves the scanner unit to its home position for locking.
Use • When transporting the machine
1. Enter the user service mode.
2. Select [CCD MOVE TO HOME] and press the Menu Select key.
3. The scanner unit moves to the home position when the start key is pressed.
4. Turn OFF the machine's main switch.
5. Open the IR unit. Then, inserting a pin or similar object into the hole at portion [1], lower
the lock lever [2].
[1] [2]
Adjustment / Setting
Setting/
procedure
4139F3C525DA
NOTE
• After the transportation of the machine, make sure to unlock the scanner unit by
raising the lock lever [2] before turning on the machine's main switch.
107
10. Display mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Ref.
DISPLAY
page
TONER REMAINING P.108
TOTAL PAGE B/W COPY P.109
COLOR COPY P.109
B/W PRINT P.109
COLOR PRINT P.109
FAX PRINT P.109
TOTAL SCAN P.109
TX/RX RESULT P.109
PRINT REPORT TX RESULT REPORT P.110
RX RESULT REPORT P.110
ACTIVITY REPORT P.110
MEMORY DATA LIST P.110
MEMORY IMAGE PRINT P.110
ONE-TOUCH LIST P.111
SPEED DIAL LIST P.111
GROUP DIAL LIST P.111
MENU MAP P.111
Adjustment / Setting
Function • Displays the amount of toner of each color still available for use.
Use • For maintenance control of toner cartridges
Function • Displays the status of the machine while a print job is being received.
Use • To check the machine for the status of receiving a print job
108
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 10. Display mode
magicolor 2490MF
10.4.1 B/W COPY
Adjustment / Setting
Use • When checking the total number of fax printed pages produced.
Function • Displays the number of scanner motions made during copying and scanning.
Use • When checking the number of scanner motions made
109
10. Display mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Function • The [NO.], [SESSION], [DATE], [TIME], [TX/RX], [DESTINATION STATION], [PAGE],
Use [DURATION], [MODE], and [RESULT] are printed.
1. Press the Display key, then the T key three times.
Setting/
2. Check that the [PRINT REPORT] screen appears, and then press the Menu Select key.
procedure
3. Select the [ACTIVITY REPORT] and then press the Menu Select key.
Adjustment / Setting
Function • This is a list of documents waiting to be sent, and documents specified for timer trans-
mission.
Use The [SESSION], [FUNCTION], [TIME], [NO.], [DESTINATION STATION], and [PAGE]
are printed.
1. Press the Display key, then the T key three times.
Setting/
2. Check that the [PRINT REPORT] screen appears, and then press the Menu Select key.
procedure
3. Select the [MEMORY DATA LIST] and then press the Menu Select key.
Function • A reduced image of the first page of the document waiting to be sent in addition to the
[SESSION], [FUNCTION], [NO.], [DESTINATION STATION], [DATE], [TIME], and
Use [PAGE] are printed.
1. Press the Display key, then the T key three times.
Setting/
2. Check that the [PRINT REPORT] screen appears, and then press the Menu Select key.
procedure
3. Select the [MEMORY IMAGE PRINT] and then press the Menu Select key.
110
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 10. Display mode
magicolor 2490MF
Function • The recipients programmed in the one-touch dial keys are printed in numerical order of
Use the keys.
1. Press the Display key, then the T key three times.
Setting/
2. Check that the [PRINT REPORT] screen appears, and then press the Menu Select key.
procedure
3. Select the [ONE-TOUCH LIST] and then press the Menu Select key.
Function
• The recipients programmed for the speed dial numbers are printed in numerical order.
Use
1. Press the Display key, then the T key three times.
Setting/
2. Check that the [PRINT REPORT] screen appears, and then press the Menu Select key.
procedure
3. Select the [SPEED DIAL LIST] and then press the Menu Select key.
Function • The group dialing settings specified for one-touch dial keys are printed in numerical
Use order of the keys.
1. Press the Display key, then the T key three times.
Setting/
2. Check that the [PRINT REPORT] screen appears, and then press the Menu Select key.
procedure
3. Select the [GROUP DIALA LIST] and then press the Menu Select key.
Adjustment / Setting
Function
• Prints the current machine status.
Use
1. Press the Display key, then the T key three times.
Setting/
2. Check that the [PRINT REPORT] screen appears, and then press the Menu Select key.
procedure
3. Select the [MENU MAP] and then press the Menu Select key.
111
10. Display mode Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Function
• Prints the demo page.
Use
1. Press the Display key, then the T key three times.
Setting/
2. Check that the [PRINT REPORT] screen appears, and then press the Menu Select key.
procedure
3. Select the [DEMO PAGE] and then press the Menu Select key.
Adjustment / Setting
112
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
magicolor 2490MF
11.1 SERVICE MODE entry procedure
NOTE
• Ensure appropriate security for the Service Mode entry procedure. It should
NEVER be given to any unauthorized person.
A. Procedure
1. On the initial screen, press the Menu/Select key to call [MACHINE SETTING] to the
screen.
2. Press the following keys in this order.
Stop → 0 → 0 → Stop → 0 → 1
B. Exiting
• Press the Stop/Reset key.
Ref.
SERVICE MODE
page
1. SERVICE’S CHOICE TX SPEED P.116
RX SPEED P.116
Adjustment / Setting
TX LEVEL P.116
RX LEVEL P.116
DTMF LEVEL P.116
CNG LEVEL P.117
CED LEVEL P.117
ECM MODE P.117
CODING SCHEME P.117
TONER EMPTY REPORT P.118
PROTOCOL REPORT P.118
GDI TIMEOUT P.118
ENERGY SAVE MODE P.118
113
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Ref.
magicolor 2490MF
SERVICE MODE
page
2. ADJUST PRN MAIN REGIST P.119
PRN SUB REGIST P.120
CCD MAIN ZOOM P.121
CCD SUB ZOOM P.122
CCD MAIN REGIST P.123
CCD SUB REGIST P.124
ADF SUB ZOOM P.125
ADF MAIN REGIST P.125
ADF SUB REGIST P.126
DMAX P.126
1st TRANSFER VOLTAGE Y COLOR
M COLOR
C COLOR P.126
K COLOR
K MONO
2nd TRANSFER VOLTAGE PLAIN
TRANS.
LABELS
LETTERHEAD P.126
J-POSTCARD
Adjustment / Setting
THICK STOCK
GLOSSY
VPP OFFSET P.127
ROHS P.127
FLICKER SPECIAL P.127
SERIAL NO. P.127
3. COUNTER TOTAL PRINT MONO COPY
COLOR COPY
MONO PRINT P.128
COLOR PRINT
FAX PRINT
TOTAL SCAN P.128
PRINTER JAM P.128
ADF JAM P.128
TROUBLE P.128
114
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
magicolor 2490MF
Ref.
SERVICE MODE
page
4. DISPLAY MAIN F/W VER. P.129
ENGINE F/W VER. P.129
NIC F/W VER. P.129
MAIN RAM SIZE P.129
SERIAL NO. P.129
BB CPLD VER. P.129
NAND CODE VER. P.129
5. FUNCTION PAPER FEED TEST TRAY1
P.130
TRAY2 <*>
PRINT TEST PATTERN PATTERN1
P.130
PATTERN2
ADF FEED TEST P.131
COPY ADF GLASS AREA P.131
CCD MOVE TO HOME P.131
FAX RES. COPY TEST P.132
SCAN TEST P.132
6. SOFT SWITCH P.133
7. REPORT SERVICE DATA LIST P.133
ERROR CODE LIST P.136
T.30 PROTOCOL LIST P.137
Adjustment / Setting
8. FIXED ZOOM CHANGE REDUCTION2
REDUCTION1
P.139
EXPANSION1
EXPANSION2
9. FACTORY TEST SIGNAL TEST
RELAY TEST
SENSOR TEST
DIAL TEST P.139
VOLUME TEST
PANEL BUZZER TEST
RAM TEST
10. CLEAR DATA SRAM CLEAR P.140
MEMORY CLEAR P.140
115
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
11.3.1 TX SPEED
Function
• Transmit start speed setting. Choose the mode from among the following.
Use
• The default setting is “V.34 33600”.
Setting/ “V.34”: “33600”, 31200, 28800, 26400, 24000, 21600, 19200, 16800
procedure V.17: 14400, 12000, 9600, 7200
V.29: 9600, 7200
V.27: 4800, 2400
11.3.2 RX SPEED
Function
• Reception start speed setting. Choose the mode from among the following.
Use
• The default setting is “V.34 33600”.
Setting/ “V.34”: “33600”, 31200, 28800, 26400, 24000, 21600, 19200, 16800
procedure V.17: 14400, 12000, 9600, 7200
V.29: 9600, 7200
V.27: 4800, 2400
11.3.3 TX LEVEL
Function
• PSK/FSK signal output level.
Adjustment / Setting
Use
11.3.4 RX LEVEL
Function
• Reception sensitivity level.
Use
Function
• Dual tone output level.
Use
116
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
magicolor 2490MF
Function
• Calling tone output level.
Use
Function
• Answer tone output level.
Use
Function
• Select error correction mode.
Use
• The default setting is “ON”.
Setting/ “ON”: When an error occurs during communication, re-send the frame where the
procedure error occurs.
OFF: Any error is ignored during communication.
Adjustment / Setting
11.3.9 CODING SCHEME
Function
• Select compression method in TX/ RX mode.
Use
• The default setting is “JBIG”.
117
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Function • Select to generate a report to a specific destination when toner empty status occurs in
Use the engine.
• The default setting is “OFF”.
SERVICE REPORT
NAME:ABC 123
TEL:1234567
DATE: Jul 01.2006 15:12
The Fax’s following conditions were appears, the machine may be can not work correctly, the Fax already send a
report to your dealer automatically. They will contact with you soon.
Function
• To specify the time for GDI time out.
Use
• The default setting is 6 (60 seconds).
Setting/
procedure 0 (5sec) 1 (10sec) 2 (20sec) 3 (30sec)
4 (40sec) 5 (50sec) “6” (60sec)
Function • Set weather to activate Energy Save mode when print job receiving or panel operation
Use have not been made for a given period.
118
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
11.4 ADJUST
magicolor 2490MF
11.4.1 PRN MAIN REGIST
Function • To vary and adjust the print start position in the main scanning direction.
• If the image on the copy deviates in the main scan direction
Use
• When the PH unit has been replaced
• Adjust the amount that widths A and B in the printed test pattern1 are shifted so that
the following specification is met.
• 0 ± 2.0 mm
Adjustment
Specification B
4139F3C546DA
Adjustment • -4.0 (-4.0 mm) ~ “0.0 (0.0 mm)” ~ +4.0 (+4.0 mm)
Range • Step: 0.1 mm
1. Print the test pattern1.
See P.130
2. Check the amount that widths A and B in the test pattern1 are shifted.
Setting/ If the shift is out of specification, adjust it according to the following procedure.
Procedure 3. Enter the [2. ADJUST] menu in the service mode.
4. Select [PRN MAIN REGIST] of [2. ADJUST] and press the Menu Select key twice.
5. Using the S/T key, change the setting value and then press the Menu Select key.
Adjustment / Setting
6. Print a test pattern1 again and check it.
Adjustment • If the width of A is less than the width of B..... Increase the setting.
Instructions • If the width of B is less than the width of A..... Decrease the setting.
119
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Function • To vary and adjust the print start position in the sub-scanning direction.
• If the image on the copy deviates in the sub scan direction
• When the PH unit has been replaced
Use
NOTE
• After the PRN MAIN REGIST adjustment has been performed
• Adjust the width of C in the printed test pattern1 so that the following specification is
met.
• 20 ± 2.5 mm
C
Adjustment
Specification
4139F3C547DA
5. Using the S/T key, change the setting value and then press the Menu Select key.
6. Print a test pattern1 again and check it.
• If the width of C in the test pattern is longer than the specified width
Adjustment ..... Increase the setting.
Instructions • If the width of C in the test pattern is shorter than the specified width
..... Decrease the setting.
120
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
magicolor 2490MF
• To adjust for variations in the accuracy of IR parts and their mounting accuracy by
Function
varying the scanning zoom ratio in the main scanning direction.
• When the Scanner unit has been replaced
Use NOTE
• After the [PRN MAIN REGIST] and [PRN SUB REGIST] adjustments have been
performed
• Adjust the width of D in the copy of the test pattern1 so that the following specification
is met.
• 100 ± 0.5% (Zoom Ratio = Full Size:100%)
Adjustment
Specification
D
4139F3C548DA
Adjustment / Setting
NOTE
• The test pattern1 should be positioned vertically.
Setting/ • Use A4 or Letter paper loaded into tray1 to make the test copy.
Procedure
5. Check that the width of D in the copy of the test pattern1 meets the specification.
Calculation: (1 - Width of D in the document ÷ Width of D in the copy) × 100
If the width of D is out of specification, adjust it according to the following procedure.
6. Press the Menu Select key.
7. Using the S/T key, change the setting value and then press the Menu Select key.
8. Place the test pattern1 on the Original Glass. Then, make a test copy again and check
it.
• If the width of D in the test pattern is longer than the specified width
Adjustment ..... Decrease the setting.
Instructions • If the width of D in the test pattern is shorter than the specified width
..... Increase the setting.
121
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
• To adjust for variations in the accuracy of IR parts and their mounting accuracy by
Function
varying the scanning zoom ratio in the sub-scanning direction.
• When the Scanner unit has been replaced
Use NOTE
• After the [PRN MAIN REGIST] and [PRN SUB REGIST] adjustments have been
performed
• Adjust the width of E in the copy of the test pattern1 so that the following specification
is met.
• 200 ± 0.5% (Zoom Ratio = Full Size:100%)
Adjustment
Specification
4139F3C549DA
NOTE
• The test pattern1 should be positioned vertically.
Setting/ • Use A4 or Letter paper loaded into tray1 to make the test copy.
Procedure
5. Check that the width of E in the copy of the test pattern1 meets the specification.
Calculation: (1 - Width of E in the document ÷ Width of E in the copy) × 100
If the width of E is out of specification, adjust it according to the following procedure.
6. Press the Menu Select key.
7. Using the S/T key, change the setting value and then press the Menu Select key.
8. Place the test pattern1 on the Original Glass. Then, make a test copy again and check
it.
• If the width of E in the test pattern is longer than the specified width
Adjustment ..... Decrease the setting.
Instructions • If the width of E in the test pattern is shorter than the specified width
..... Increase the setting.
122
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
magicolor 2490MF
• To adjust for variations in the accuracy of IR parts and their mounting accuracy by vary-
Function
ing the scanning start position in the main scanning direction.
• When the original glass is replaced.
• When the Scanner unit has been replaced
Use NOTE
• After the [PRN MAIN REGIST] and [PRN SUB REGIST] and [CCD MAIN ZOOM]
adjustments have been performed
• Adjust the amount that widths A and B in the copy of the test pattern1 so that the follow-
ing specification is met.
• 0 ± 2.0 mm
Adjustment
Specifica- B
tion
4139F3C546DA
Adjustment • -5.0 (-5.0 mm) ~ “0.0 (0.0 mm)” ~ +5.0 (+5.0 mm)
Range • Step: 0.5 mm
1. Print the test pattern1.
See P.130
2. Enter the [2. ADJUST] menu in the service mode.
3. Select [CCD MAIN REGIST] of [2. ADJUST] and press the Menu Select key.
Adjustment / Setting
4. Place the test pattern1 on the Original Glass and make a test copy.
NOTE
• The test pattern1 should be positioned vertically.
Setting/
• Use A4 or Letter paper loaded into tray1 to make the test copy.
Procedure
5. Check the amount that widths A and B in the copy of the test pattern are shifted.
If the shift is out of specification, adjust it according to the following procedure.
6. Press the Menu Select key.
7. Using the S/T key, change the setting value and then press the Menu Select key.
8. Place the test pattern1 on the Original Glass. Then, make a test copy again and check
it.
Adjustment • If the width of A is less than the width of B..... Increase the setting.
Instructions • If the width of B is less than the width of A..... Decrease the setting.
123
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
• To adjust for variations in the accuracy of IR parts and their mounting accuracy by
Function
varying the scanning start position in the sub-scanning direction.
• When the original glass is replaced.
• When the Scanner unit has been replaced
Use NOTE
• After the [PRN MAIN REGIST] and [PRN SUB REGIST] and [CCD SUB ZOOM]
adjustments have been performed
• Adjust the width of C in the copy of the test pattern1 so that the following specification
is met.
• 20 ± 2.5 mm
C
Adjustment
Specification
4139F3C547DA
4. Place the test pattern1 on the Original Glass and make a test copy.
NOTE
• The test pattern1 should be positioned vertically.
Setting/
• Use A4 or Letter paper loaded into tray1 to make the test copy.
Procedure
5. Check that the width of C in the copy of the test pattern are shifted.
If the width of C is out of specification, adjust it according to the following procedure.
6. Press the Menu Select key.
7. Using the S/T key, change the setting value and then press the Menu Select key.
8. Place the test pattern1 on the Original Glass. Then, make a test copy again and check
it.
• If the width of C in the test pattern is longer than the specified width
Adjustment ..... Increase the setting.
Instructions • If the width of C in the test pattern is shorter than the specified width
..... Decrease the setting.
124
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
magicolor 2490MF
• To adjust for variations in the accuracy of all parts and their mounting accuracy by vary-
Function ing the scanning zoom ratio in the sub-scanning direction when using the Automatic
Document Feeder.
• When the original glass is replaced.
• When a new Auto Document Feeder Unit is mounted
Use NOTE
• After the [PRN MAIN REGIST] and [PRN SUB REGIST] and [CCD SUB ZOOM]
adjustments have been performed
Adjustment
Range
Setting/
See P.13 of the Auto Document Feeder Unit service manual.
Procedure
Adjustment
Instructions
• To adjust for variations in the accuracy of all parts and their mounting accuracy by vary-
Function ing the scanning start position in the main scanning direction when using the Automatic
Document Feeder.
• When the original glass is replaced.
• When a new Auto Document Feeder Unit is mounted
Use NOTE
• After the [PRN MAIN REGIST] and [PRN SUB REGIST] and [CCD SUB ZOOM]
Adjustment / Setting
adjustments have been performed
• After the [ADF SUB ZOOM] adjustments have been performed
Adjustment
Range
Setting/
See P.14 of the Auto Document Feeder Unit service manual.
Procedure
Adjustment
Instructions
125
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
• To adjust for variations in the accuracy of all parts and their mounting accuracy by vary-
Function ing the scanning start position in the sub-scanning direction when using the Automatic
Document Feeder.
• When the original glass is replaced.
• When a new Auto Document Feeder Unit is mounted
Use NOTE
• After the [PRN MAIN REGIST] and [PRN SUB REGIST] and [CCD SUB ZOOM]
adjustments have been performed
• After the [ADF SUB ZOOM] adjustments have been performed
Adjustment
Range
Setting/
See P.15 of the Auto Document Feeder Unit service manual.
Procedure
Adjustment
Instructions
11.4.10 DMAX
Function • To adjust the voltage applied to the transfer roller for each color.
Use • When adjusting density of each color
• The default setting is 0V.
Setting/
• Adjustment range: -500V ~ +500V
procedure
• Step: 50V
• Adjusts image characteristics according to user requirements for each type of media by
Function
varying the second transfer voltage.
• To adjust the second transfer voltage when an image problem (void areas, white spots)
occurs due to the characteristics of the type of media being used.
Use
• If white spots occur, decrease the 2nd transfer voltage (adjust in the minus direction).
• If void areas occurs, increase the 2nd transfer voltage (adjust in the plus direction).
• The default setting is 0V.
• Adjustment range: -1500V ~ +1500V
Setting/ • Step: 100V
procedure • Types of paper to be adjusted
PLAIN TRANS. LABELS LETTERHEAD
J-POSTCARD THICK STOCK GLOSSY
126
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
magicolor 2490MF
• Optimizes the image by varying the output value of the developing bias when an image
Function
problem occurs due to the atmospheric pressure at high altitudes.
• To adjust the developing when an image problem (uneven density) occurs in an environ-
Use
ment of low atmospheric pressure in places such as at high altitudes.
Setting/ • The default setting is STEP0.
procedure • Adjustment range: “STEP0 (0V)” STEP1 (-100V) STEP2 (-200V) STEP3 (-300V)
11.4.14 ROHS
• Eliminates flickers of a room fluorescent light when it occurs due to power source use
Function
environment or similar reason.
• Use when the fluorescent light flickers due to power source use environment or similar
Use
reason.
Adjustment / Setting
11.4.16 SERIAL NO.
Function • Input machine serial number, 8 digits, range from 00000001 to 99999999.
• Once the serial number is specified, [SERIAL NO.] on the [2. ADJUST] menu cannot be
Use set again.
127
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
11.5 COUNTER
magicolor 2490MF
B. COLOR COPY
C. MONO PRINT
D. COLOR PRINT
E. FAX PRINT
Function • Displays the number of misfeeds that have occurred in the Auto Document Feeder Unit.
• When checking for the number of misfeeds that have occurred in the Auto Document
Use
Feeder Unit
11.5.5 TROUBLE
128
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
11.6 DISPLAY
magicolor 2490MF
11.6.1 MAIN F/W VER.
Function
• Displays the version of the NIC firmware.
Use
Adjustment / Setting
Function • Displays the serial number of the printer engine.
Use • When checking for the printer serial number
129
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
11.7 FUNCTION
magicolor 2490MF
• To check the paper feeding in the paper take-up/transport sections without printing on
Function
the paper.
Use • When a paper misfeed occurs
1. Select the paper tray.
2. Press the Start key to begin testing paper feeding.
Setting/ 3. Press the Stop key to stop testing paper feeding.
procedure NOTE
• It cannot be operated at the time of warming up.
• Don't count.
Setting/
procedure
Adjustment / Setting
4139F3C550DA
B. PATTERN2
Setting/
procedure
4139F3C551DA
130
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
magicolor 2490MF
• To check the paper feeding in the paper take-up/transport sections in the Automatic
Function
Document Feeder.
Use • When a document misfeed occurs
1. Load paper into the Automatic Document Feeder.
Setting/
2. Press the Start key to begin testing paper feeding.
procedure
3. Press the Stop key to stop testing paper feeding.
Function • To check for dirt in the scanning section of the Automatic Document Feeder.
Use • If spots appear in the copies
1. Load A4S or LetterS paper into Tray1.
2. Press the Start key to start the [COPY ADF GLASS AREA] function.
Setting/
3. Two copy samples are fed out.
procedure
4. Check that no spots appear in the copy samples.
5. Press the Stop key to stop the [COPY ADF GLASS AREA] function.
Function • Moves the scanner unit to its home position for locking.
Use • When transporting the machine
1. Enter the user service mode.
2. Select [CCD MOVE TO HOME] and press the Menu Select key.
3. The scanner unit moves to the home position when the start key is pressed.
Adjustment / Setting
4. Turn OFF the machine's main switch.
5. Open the IR unit. Then, inserting a pin or similar object into the hole at portion [1], lower
the lock lever [2].
[1] [2]
Setting/
procedure
4139F3C525DA
NOTE
• After the transportation of the machine, make sure to unlock the scanner unit by
raising the lock lever [2] before turning on the machine's main switch.
131
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Function • To check the lighting of the Exposure Lamp and the movement of the scanner.
Use • If the scanner malfunctions
Setting/ 1. Press the Start key to begin the scanner test.
procedure 2. Press the Stop key to stop the scanner test.
Adjustment / Setting
132
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
magicolor 2490MF
• Refer to the chapter of soft switch for the explanation of soft switch.
See P.141
Bit No. 1 23 4 5 67 8
4139F3E529DA
Key Definition
T Soft Switch Number Forward.
S Soft Switch Number Backward.
X Bit No. Forward.
W Bit No. Backward.
1 or 0 Bit No. is changed.
Menu Select The setting value of Soft Switch Number is defined.
11.9 REPORT
Adjustment / Setting
11.9.1 SERVICE DATA LIST
Function • Print service data list report and Error log history list.
Service Data list includes the following items:
• SOFT SWITCH
• COMMUNICATION HISTORY & COUNTER
• ADJUST
• RX IN MEMORY
• MAIN RAM SIZE
Use • ROM ID
133
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
NAME :
TEL :
DATE :JUN. 05. 2006 13:58
--SOFT SWITCH –
SW01-SW16 00 20 80 0C 00 00 07 61 00 81 00 80 10 00 01 03
SW17-SW32 00 00 68 00 80 06 00 00 00 28 00 A7 14 68 00 00
SW33-SW48 C0 82 10 8A 00 C1 00 08 00 00 00 04 00 06 00 89
SW49-SW64 01 00 00 00 00 B0 00 00 00 00 00 21 0F 00 80 10
-- ADJUST --
PRN MAIN REGIST : +0.4 PRN SUB REGIST :
CCD MAIN ZOOM : 0 CCD SUB ZOOM : 0
CCD MAIN REGIST : +1.0 CCD SUB REGIST : -1.0
ADF MAIN REGIST : +1.0 ADF SUB ZOOM : 0
ADF SUB REGIST : -2.0
RX IN MEMORY :
MAIN RAM SIZE : 128MB
-- ROM ID --
2006/06/05 V0.38
4139F2E541DA
134
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
magicolor 2490MF
• The following table is the error log history. The table keeps the last 40 records only.
NSF signal 3rd. and 4th byte Keep 20 digits of TSI or CSI
4139F3E552DA
Adjustment / Setting
135
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Function
• Print error code (CODE) and error occurrence time (ERROR TIMES).
Use
1. Enter the [SERVICE MODE].
Setting/
2. Select [REPORT] and press the Menu Select key.
procedure
3. Select [ERROR CODE LIST] and press the Menu Select key.
4139F3E530DA
136
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
magicolor 2490MF
Function Print out T.30 or V8 protocol after communication.
• SESSION: Session number
• FUNCTION: Function Name
• DESTINATION STATION: Destination Name/Tel. No.
• DATE/TIME: Communication Date & Time
• PAGE: Total page number for this session
Use • MODE: Communication speed and ECM mode
• RESULT: Communication result
• TX: T.30 command sent by local Fax
• RX: T.30 command received from remote Fax
• DATA: T.30 frame that include address & control & Data
1. Enter the [SERVICE MODE].
Setting/
2. Select [REPORT] and press the Menu Select key.
procedure
3. Select [T.30 PROTOCOL LIST] and press the Menu Select key.
NAME:TMFP
TEL :886 3 4733507
DATE:JUN.10.2006 12:10
SESSION FUNCTION NO. DESTINATION STATION DATE TIME PAGE DURATION MODE RESULT
0001 TX 001 ABC OCT.27 17:19 008 00h00min03s ECM OK
22345678901234567890 -12
TX RX DATA
NSF FF 03 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
CSI FF 03 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Adjustment / Setting
DIS FF 13 00 00 00 00 00
NSS FF 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
DCS FF 13 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
TCF 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
CFR FF 13 84
PIX
EOP FF 13 BF 2F 00 00 41
MCG FF 13 8C
DCN FF 13 FB
TRAINING PHASE
DATA PHASE
4139F3C553DA
137
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
NAME:TMFP
TEL :886 3 4733507
DATE:JUN.10.2006 12:10
SESSION FUNCTION NO. DESTINATION STATION DATE TIME PAGE DURATION MODE RESULT
0001 TX 001 ABC OCT.27 17:19 008 00h00min03s ECM OK
22345678901234567890 -12
TX RX DATA
ANS
CM
JIM V.8 PROTOCOL DUMP
CJ
NSF NSS FF 03 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
CSI DCS FF 03 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
DIS TCF FF 13 80 00 00 00 00 00
FF 03 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
PIX FF 13 83 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
EOP
CFR FF 13 84
DCN TRAINING PHASE
FF 13 BF 2F 00 00 41
MCF FF 13 8C
FF 13 FB
DATA PHASE
Adjustment / Setting
4139F3C554DA
138
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 11. SERVICE MODE
magicolor 2490MF
Function
• The fixed zoom ratios can be changed.
Use
1. Enter the [SERVICE MODE].
Setting/ 2. Select [FIXED ZOOM CHANGE] and press the Menu Select key.
procedure 3. Select the fixed zoom ratio that you wish to change and press the Menu Select key.
4. Use the 10-Key Pad to type in the desired fixed zoom ratio.
• Default fixed zoom ratios and setting ranges according to marketing area
<Metric>
Setting name Initial fixed zoom ratio Setting range
REDUCTION2 70% 51% to 70%
REDUCTION1 81% 71% to 99%
EXPANSION1 115% 101% to 140%
EXPANSION2 141% 141% to 199%
<Inch>
Setting name Initial fixed zoom ratio Setting range
REDUCTION2 64% 51% to 64%
REDUCTION1 78% 65% to 99%
EXPANSION1 129% 101% to 153%
EXPANSION2 154% 154% to 199%
Adjustment / Setting
11.11 FACTORY TEST
• This test is for factory adjustment only and should NOT be used.
Functions/Use
SIGNAL TEST • This test is for factory adjustment only and should NOT be used.
RELAY TEST • This test is for factory adjustment only and should NOT be used.
SENSOR TEST • This test is for factory adjustment only and should NOT be used.
DIAL TEST • This test is for factory adjustment only and should NOT be used.
VOLUME TEST • To check the volume of the speaker.
• To check the operation of the display and all indicators and buttons.
PANEL BUZZER TEST
• When the panel buzzer test are finish, press the panel reset key twice.
RAM TEST • To test reading and writing of the memory.
139
11. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
To clear the settings for the functions listed at the right and return the functions to their
Function
default settings.
The following items are cleared (initialization).
• MENU: Set to default
• USER SERVICE MODE: Set to default
Use • DISPLAY: [Print Repor] - [TX/RX Result] Clear
• FAX function: Clear
• SERVICE’S CHOICE: Set to default
• SOFT SWITCH: Set to default
NOTE
• Before executing [SRAM CLEAR], be sure to record the setting values that are to
be initialized through [SRAM CLEAR].
• For the record of the setting values, it is a good idea to have reports and lists
Setting/
printed.
procedure
• Some setting values are not included any of these reports or lists. Be sure to
make a note of them separately.
• After [SRAM CLEAR] has been executed, make necessary entries of data again
based on the setting values recorded.
To clear the settings for the functions listed at the right and return the functions to their
Function
default settings.
The following items are cleared (initialization).
Adjustment / Setting
140
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
12.1 Description
This machine is equipped with totally 64 soft switches that are used for fax adjustment in
order to conform to the standard of each country.
The default setting is changeable.
The default setting of soft switch is automatically changed according to the following set-
tings.
• The marketing area is set in procedures of [USER SETTING] → [FAX PTT SETTING].
• The marketing area is set at [Fax PTT Setting:] by using LSU utility software.
• When the setting is made in the procedures of [SERVICE MODE] → [CLEAR DATA] →
[SRAM CLEAR], the default setting is defined according to the current setting of market-
ing area.
Bit No. 1 23 4 5 67 8
4139F3E529DA
Adjustment / Setting
Hex-binary HEX
conversion list 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
4 (8) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 (7) 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Bit No.
2 (6) 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
1 (5) 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
141
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
142
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Soft Switch No. Bit No. Designation Page No.
8 ECM mode capability
7/6 V.34 fall back counter for V.34 TX
#12 5 Send CTC after 4th PPR P.178
3 Send EOR after lowest speed
2/1 TCF transmission timing after DCS signal
8 MR capability for G3
7/6 Delay time between transaction
5 Super fine printing capability for receiving
#13 4 Disable ultra fine capability in RX mode P.179
3 DTS mode
Send DTC signal if RX DIS signal in polling RX mode
2
(no function on G4)
6 Memory size level To RX
#14 P.180
3/2/1 Time between V.34 ANSam signal and FSK DIS signal
8 IPSEL1
#15 7 DCSEL P.180
6 DCLIM
#16 2/1 Fax communication coding method P.181
6 CED frequency
#17 5/4/3 Pause between off hook and CED signal P.181
2/1 Inactivity timer [T5]
Adjustment / Setting
6/5 G3 mode training quality level
#18 P.182
4/3/2/1 Redefine re-dial attempts counter
8/7/6/5 CNG signal level
#19 P.183
4/3/2/1 DTMF high frequency level
#20 5/4/3/2/1 Re-dial interval P.184
8 NSS signal before DCS
7/6 CNG sending duration after dialing
#21 5 T4 timer P.185
3 DIS signal length
2/1 Increase default T1 Timing during calling (Only for TX function)
8 Detect busy tone before dial
7 Regard dial tone as busy tone after dialing
#22 P.186
6 Check Busy tone method
4/3/2/1 CED signal output level
#23 - Reserved P.186
#24 - Reserved P.187
#25 4/3 Flash key time in ON hook key dial P.187
8/7 Dial tone detection time before disconnected
#26 6/5/4/3/ P.188
Dial tone Insensitivity (0 to -40 dBm)
2/1
#27 4/3/2/1 Immunity for Dial Tone receiver P.189
143
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
#37 P.197
6/5/4 RX start symbol rate for V.34 modem
3/2/1 TX start symbol rate for V.34 modem
Fine tune of 33.6 kbps/ 31.2 kbps receiving speed for V.34
8
modem
7 Set/Reset V.34 transmit level deviation
#38 P.198
6/5 V.34 flag number between ECM frame
4 Phase 2 guard tone power level (V.34)
1 V.8 /V.34 capability
8 Disable V.34 TX for V.34 modem
7 Disable V.34 RX for V.34 modem
6/5 Flags number in FSK frame for V.34 modem
#39 4 Manual TX mode for V.34 modem P.199
3 Switch from V.17 to V.34 if DIS Bit 6 set after received DIS
Delay time in primary channel for V.34 transmit after CFR or
2/1
MCF signal
8/7/6/5 V.17 RX start speed select receiving start speed for V.17
#40 P.200
3/2/1 V.34 RX start speed prohibit V.34 mode When upper speed less
8/7/6/5 V.17 TX start speed select receiving start speed for V.17
#41 P.201
3/2/1 V.34 TX start speed prohibit V.34 mode when upper speed less
#42 - Reserved P.202
#43 - Reserved P.202
144
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Soft Switch No. Bit No. Designation Page No.
#44 - Reserved P.202
#45 6 Close network P.203
8 Daylight savings timer
4 RX print mode
#46 3 Default TX mode P.203
2 Header for FAX TX
1 Print model name on top of TX page if name not register
6 RX mode
#47 P.204
5 Footer
8 Activity report
7/6 TX Result Report
#48 5/4 RX Result Report P.204
3 Error report for I-FAX and Network scanner
2 If machine receive error Mail (I-FAX), the mail is deleted or kept?
6 Print RX Mailbox Report method
#49 5 Re-dial method if Comm. Fail P.205
4/3/2/1 No. of rings
#50 8 Transmit or cancel after time out in “Memory TX” P.205
4/3 T30 monitor report selection
#51 P.206
2 Send unsent page mode for memory transmission
#52 - Reserved P.206
Adjustment / Setting
#53 - Reserved P.207
8 Report Date/Time type
7/6 Report Date/Time format
#54 P.207
5/4 Memory near full capacity for B/W scanning
3/2 Memory near full capacity for Color/Gray scanning
#55 - Reserved P.208
#56 - Reserved P.208
#57 - Reserved P.208
#58 8 Time out from PSK to FSK delay time P.209
6/5/4/
#59 Time Between GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) P.210
3/2/1
3 Print Mailbox RX image even password are not correct
#60 2 Off hook alarm after communication P.213
1 Display destination selection within TX phase C
#61 4/3/2/1 Max. No. of ring P.213
#62 - Reserved P.214
8 "#" key definition in PBX mode
#63 P.214
1 TX Result report with image
6 Print RX error report In RX side if no any FAX signal detected
#64 P.215
5 10 PPS & 20 PPS Selectable by User
145
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
A. Market area 1
Marketing area
USA United Kingdom Argentina Australia
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#02 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
#03 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1
#04 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
#05 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1
#06 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
#07 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
#08 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
#09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
#10 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1
#11 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#13 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
#14 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#16 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#19 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#21 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
#22 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0
#23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#26 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
#27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#28 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1
#29 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
#30 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#33 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0
#34 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#35 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
#36 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
#37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
146
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
Marketing area
magicolor 2490MF
USA United Kingdom Argentina Australia
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#38 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
#39 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#46 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#48 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#49 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#54 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#59 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#61 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
#62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#64 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
147
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
B. Market area 2
magicolor 2490MF
Marketing area
Austria Belgium Brazil Canada
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#02 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#03 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
#04 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
#05 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
#06 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
#07 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
#08 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
#09 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#10 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
#11 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
#12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#13 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
#14 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#16 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#19 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#21 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#22 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
#23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#26 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
#27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#28 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1
#29 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
#30 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#33 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
#34 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#35 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
#36 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
#37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#38 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
148
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
Marketing area
magicolor 2490MF
Austria Belgium Brazil Canada
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#39 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#46 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
#47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#48 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#49 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#54 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
#60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#61 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
#62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
149
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
C. Market area 3
magicolor 2490MF
Marketing area
China Czech Denmark Europe
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#02 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
#03 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1
#04 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
#05 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1
#06 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
#07 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
#08 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
#09 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
#10 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
#11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#12 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#13 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1
#14 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#16 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#19 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0
#20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#21 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
#22 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
#23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#26 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
#27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#28 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
#29 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
#30 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#33 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
#34 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#35 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
#36 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
#37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#38 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
150
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
Marketing area
magicolor 2490MF
China Czech Denmark Europe
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#39 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#46 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#48 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#49 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#54 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#61 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
#62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#64 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
151
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
D. Market area 4
magicolor 2490MF
Marketing area
Finland France Germany Greece
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#02 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
#03 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1
#04 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
#05 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1
#06 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
#07 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
#08 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
#09 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
#10 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
#11 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#13 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1
#14 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#16 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#19 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0
#20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#21 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
#22 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
#23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#26 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
#27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#28 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
#29 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
#30 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#33 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
#34 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#35 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
#36 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
#37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#38 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
152
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
Marketing area
magicolor 2490MF
Finland France Germany Greece
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#39 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#46 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#48 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#49 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#54 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#61 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
#62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
153
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
E. Market area 5
magicolor 2490MF
Marketing area
Hong Kong Hungary Ireland Israel
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#02 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
#03 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
#04 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
#05 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#06 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
#07 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
#08 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
#09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#10 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
#11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#13 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
#14 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#16 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#19 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#21 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
#22 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
#23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#26 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
#27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#28 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1
#29 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
#30 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#33 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
#34 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#35 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
#36 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
#37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#38 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
154
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
Marketing area
magicolor 2490MF
Hong Kong Hungary Ireland Israel
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#39 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#46 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#48 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#49 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#54 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#61 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
#62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#64 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
155
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
F. Market area 6
magicolor 2490MF
Marketing area
Italy Japan Korea Malaysia
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#02 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
#03 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
#04 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
#05 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
#06 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
#07 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
#08 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
#09 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#10 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
#11 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#13 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
#14 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
#16 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#19 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
#20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#21 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
#22 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
#23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#26 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
#27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#28 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1
#29 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
#30 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#33 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
#34 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#35 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
#36 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
#37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#38 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
156
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
Marketing area
magicolor 2490MF
Italy Japan Korea Malaysia
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#39 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#46 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#48 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#49 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#54 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
#55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#61 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
#62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
157
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
G. Market area 7
magicolor 2490MF
Marketing area
Mexico Netherlands New Zealand Norway
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#02 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
#03 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1
#04 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
#05 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1
#06 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
#07 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
#08 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
#09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
#10 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
#11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#13 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1
#14 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#16 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#19 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0
#20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#21 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
#22 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
#23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#26 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
#27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#28 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
#29 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
#30 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#33 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
#34 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#35 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
#36 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
#37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#38 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
158
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
Marketing area
magicolor 2490MF
Mexico Netherlands New Zealand Norway
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#39 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#46 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#48 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#49 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#54 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#61 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
#62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#64 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
159
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
H. Market area 8
magicolor 2490MF
Marketing area
Philippines Poland Portugal Russia
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#02 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
#03 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
#04 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
#05 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#06 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
#07 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
#08 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
#09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#10 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
#11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#13 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
#14 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#16 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#19 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#21 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
#22 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
#23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#26 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
#27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#28 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1
#29 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
#30 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#33 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
#34 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#35 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
#36 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
#37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#38 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
160
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
Marketing area
magicolor 2490MF
Philippines Poland Portugal Russia
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#39 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#46 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#48 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#49 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#54 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#61 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
#62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#64 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
161
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
I. Market area 9
magicolor 2490MF
Marketing area
Saudi Arabia Singapore Slovakia South Africa
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#02 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
#03 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
#04 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
#05 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
#06 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
#07 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#08 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
#09 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#10 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1
#11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#13 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
#14 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#16 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#19 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
#20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#21 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#22 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
#23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#26 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
#27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#28 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1
#29 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
#30 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
#31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#33 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
#34 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#35 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
#36 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
#37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#38 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
162
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
Marketing area
magicolor 2490MF
Saudi Arabia Singapore Slovakia South Africa
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#39 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#46 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#48 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#49 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#54 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#61 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
#62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#64 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
163
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
J. Market area 10
magicolor 2490MF
Marketing area
Spain Sweden Switzerland Taiwan
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#02 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
#03 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
#04 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
#05 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#06 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
#07 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
#08 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0
#09 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#10 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
#11 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#13 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
#14 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#16 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#19 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0
#20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#21 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
#22 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
#23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#26 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
#27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#28 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1
#29 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
#30 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#33 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
#34 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#35 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
#36 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
#37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#38 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
164
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
Marketing area
magicolor 2490MF
Spain Sweden Switzerland Taiwan
Soft Switch No.
Bit No. Bit No. Bit No. Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#39 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#46 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#48 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#49 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#54 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#61 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
#62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#64 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
165
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
K. Market area 11
magicolor 2490MF
Marketing area
Turkey
Soft Switch No.
Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#01 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#02 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
#03 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1
#04 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
#05 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1
#06 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0
#07 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
#08 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
#09 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
#10 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
#11 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#13 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1
#14 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#16 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#19 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0
#20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#21 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
#22 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
#23 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#24 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#26 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
#27 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#28 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
#29 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
#30 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0
#31 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#32 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#33 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
#34 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
#35 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
#36 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
#37 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#38 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
166
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
Marketing area
magicolor 2490MF
Turkey
Soft Switch No.
Bit No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
#39 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#41 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#42 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#44 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#45 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#46 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0
#47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#48 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#49 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#51 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#52 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#53 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#54 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1
#55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#56 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#57 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
#58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#60 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#61 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
#62 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
#63 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
#64 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
167
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
Reserved Reserved
5 0
4 0
3 0
2 Byte 0
30 bytes 9 bytes 15 bytes 60 bytes 1
V.34 CI signal byte number
number Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1
1 Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 1
Adjustment / Setting
168
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Header TX selection 0: No
6 0
open to user 1: Yes
5 Reserved Reserved 0
4 Reserved Reserved 0
• Bit 1: N.G indicate our side detected RTN signal from other end. In this case machine
can resend the same page up to three or just one time, and this use for G3 mode
Adjustment / Setting
only.
• Bit 2-3: In G3 mode, if error line for each page, machine will send RTN instead of RTN,
in this case, some machine will resend the same page again. The retry times
depend on other end.
• Bit 6: If this bit set to “0”, the header select function can not change by user, only
changeable by serviceman in service mode.
169
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Send out NSF frame 1: Yes
8 1
with station ID 0: No
Number of Pause 0: No any limitation
7 0
within phone number 1: Max. up to 2 “P” within inputted telephone number
8
0: Continue to dial
Re-dial prohibit for NO
6 1: Not allowed to re-dial if no any FAX signal or detected 0
ANSWER
busy tone after dialing
5 Reserved Reserved 0
3 Bit No. 4 0 0 0 1 1 1
Bit No. 3 1 1 1 0 0
Bit No. 2 0 1 1 0 0
Adjustment / Setting
Bit No. 1 1 0 1 0 1
RX level setting 6
Rx level -39 dB -38 dB -37 dB -36 dB
2 Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 3 0 0 1 1
Bit No. 2 1 1 0 0
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1
Rx level Reserved
Bit No. 4 1 1
1 Bit No. 3 1 1 0
Bit No. 2 1 1
Bit No. 1 0 1
• Bit 8: This bit set to 1, the answer machine will send machine name by NSF frame after
connection.
• Bit 7: Can input Pause key to insert pause time between digits, this can put more than
one “P” at the end of telephone number to increase calling time (T) after calling.
170
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
Reserved Reserved 0
6 0
5 0
0: No
Visible alarm for RTN
4 1: Yes - display message while sending / receiving 1
signal
RTN signal (RTN= Retrain Negative).
Audible alarm for RTN 0: No
3 1 C
signal 1: Yes - alarm for sending or receiving RTN signal.
2 Reserved Reserved 0
Polarity change detec- 0: Not to detect phase reverse during dialing & calling
1 0
tion 1: Detect line phase reverse during dialing & calling
• Bit 3: The duration of alarm last 3 second after detect negative signal in G3 mode
• Bit 4: The display message will keep on LCD 3 seconds or until next incoming T30 signal
Adjustment / Setting
171
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
#1 1 2 9
#2 2 3 8
6 #3 3 4 7 0
#4 4 5 6 0
#5 5 6 5
Relation between 10 Reserved
#6 6 7 4
key # & No.of dial
pulse #7 7 8 3
#8 8 9 2
#9 9 10 1
5 #0 10 1 10 0
Bit No. 6 0 0 1 1
Bit No. 5 0 1 0 1
Adjustment / Setting
4 PPS 20 20 20 16 16 16 1
Reserved Reserved
MR(%) 33 40 30 33 40 30
Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
Dial pulse make ratio Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
2 0 8
select adjust (MR)
PPS 10 10 10 10
Reserved
MR(%) 33 40 30 32
Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
1 0
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
172
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 Timing 0
Ring on time to ignore 50 ms 100 ms 150 ms 800 ms
(ms)
ring off time at 1st
cycle Bit No. 8 0 0 1 1
7 1 4
Bit No. 7 0 1 0 1
6 0
Reserved Reserved
5 0
Ring off time at 1st.
4 cycle to approve Timing 1
incoming ring 100 ms 250 ms 500 ms 1000 ms
(ms)
Bit No. 4 0 0 1 1
3 Bit No. 3 0 1 0 1 1
F
2 Cycle 1 2 3 4 1
Pulse cycle to
approve ring fre- Bit No. 8 0 0 1 1
quency
1 Bit No. 7 0 1 0 1 1
Adjustment / Setting
173
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Dial tone or busy tone 0: Disable
8 0
detection 1: Enable - Detect dial tone before dial
0: PSTN
7 PSTN/PBX setting 0
1: PBX - Select PBX line type
0
0: Not to detect dial tone before pre-fix number
6 PBX dial tone detect 0
1: Detect dial tone before the pre-fix number in PBX mode
0: DTMF - PB
5 Dial mode select 0
1: Pulse - DP
4 Level (dBm) -17 -16 -15 -14 -13 -12 -11 -10 1
Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
3 Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
174
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Sending RTN signal 1: (Normal, Fine)=(6,12) continue error line
8 0
level 0: (Normal, Fine)=(12,24) continue error line
Detect busy tone after 0: Not to detect
7 1
dialing 1: Detect busy tone after dialing 6
Sending CED signal 0: Not to send
6 1
after connection 1: Send CED signal before DIS signal after connection
5 Reserved Reserved 0
1, 3, 1, 3, 1, 3, 1, 3,
1, 3, 1, 3. 1, 3, 1. 3,
4 1, 15, 15. 1. 3. 3, 0
1, 3, 3.
Auto dial
1, 3.
interval
10,
1,
1,
1.
3 Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Adjustment / Setting
Re-dial interval 1
Auto dial 1, 2, 5, 1, 2, 2, 3, 10,
interval 1, 2. 5, 2, 2, 2, 3, 10,
2 1, 5, 2, 2, 10, 10, 10, 0
1. 5. 2. 2, 2, 3, 10,
2, 2, 3, 15,
2, 2. 3, 10.
2, 3.
2,
2,
2.
1 Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
• Bit 8: If error line above definition, machine will send RTN signal instead of MCF signal.
This will cause the other party send the same page again.
175
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 Ringer 0
frequency 10 to 75 20 to 57.5 20 to 75 10 to 75
Ringer frequency range (Hz)
detection
Bit No. 8 0 0 1 1
7 0 0
Bit No. 7 0 1 0 1
6 Reserved Reserved 0
0: Not append “+” before send out TSI/CSI
5 TSI/CSI append “+” 0
1: Automatically insert “+”
4 0
Reserved Reserved
3 0
• Bit 5: This bit set to “1”, the “+” character will put in the first position on CSI and TSI com-
mand.
Adjustment / Setting
176
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
0: Not to Print
Print out RTN page
8 1: Print Out RTN page report after transaction for TX/ 1
report
RX RTN signal
Confirmation report 0: Print “OK”
7 0
result field 1: Print “NG” in case of sending or receiving RTN signal A
Received DIS signal 0: Repeat sending DIS/DTC again until time out
3 0
within reception 1: Disconnected after sending DCN signal 1
Transmission time lim- 1: Limit to 8 minutes from data phase
2 0
itation 0: No any limitation until document jam
Audio alarm after 0: Not to alarm after transaction fail
1 1
communication fail 1: Alarm 3 seconds after disconnected
Adjustment / Setting
• Bit 8: If this bit set to 1, machine will print out confirmation report after each transaction.
• Bit 7: If this bit set to1, the result field will show “NG” instead of “OK” in the confirmation
report and activity report or checking the result on the LCD.
• Bit 2: This for Manual Tx only.
177
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 Reserved Reserved 0
Detect dial tone after 0: No
7 0
pre-fix number 1: Yes
Pulse dial allowed to 0: Yes 2
6 1
select 1: Not allowed
Protocol signal Dis- 0: Not to display
5 0
play mode 1: Display V8 or T30 command within communication.
4 0
3 Reserved Reserved 0
2 0 0
DTMF high frequency 0: Base on SW19 (1-4)
1 0
dB value 1: High 1 dB
• Bit 6: If this bit set to 1, not allowed user to select Pulse dial, and this function open ser-
viceman to change.
• Bit 7: Bit set to 1, LCD will show the command between each party, the detail specifica-
tion see service mode specification.
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
1: Yes
8 ECM mode capability 1
0: No - also disable V.34 modem capability
7 Counter 1 2 3 4 0
V.34 fall back counter
Bit No. 7 0 0 1 1 8
for V.34 TX
Bit No. 6 0 1 0 1
6 0
• Bit 1-2: Delay time from FSK mode to PSK mode, this use for G3 mode only, V.34 don’t
need this setting
• Bit 6-7: If counter equal “1”, machine will down to next lower speed for next data phase.
178
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
0: Yes
8 MR capability for G3 0
1: No
• Bit 7 to 6: If set to 1, the time between each transaction will become longer, in this case
machine will wait more time before start to dial next transaction.
Adjustment / Setting
• Bit 4: the resolution define:
Stand - R8 x 3.85 lines/mm
Fine - R8 x 7.7 lines/mm
Supper fine - R8 x 15.4 lines/mm
Ultra fine - R16 x 15.4 lines/mm
179
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
Reserved Reserved
7 0
Memory size level To 1: Up to 128 KB 0
6 0
RX 0: Base on system configuration
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
3 0
2 Timer (ms) 50 60 70 80 100 120 140 160 1
Time between V.34 2
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
ANSam signal and
FSK DIS signal Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
1 0
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
• Bit 6: If set to 1, machine will become manual RX mode if available memory size less
than 128 K.
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Adjustment / Setting
Bit HEX
0: Close the IPSEL1 port
8 IPSEL1 0
1: Active the IPSEL1 port
0: Close the DCSEL port
7 DCSEL 0
1: Active the DCSEL port 0
0: Close the DCLIM port
6 DCLIM 0
1: Active the DCLIM port
5 0
4 0
3 Reserved Reserved 0
0
2 0
1 0
180
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
Reserved Reserved
5 0
4 0
3 0
2 Coding 1 3
MMR MR MH JBIG
Fax communication method
coding method Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1
1 Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 1
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
Reserved Reserved
7 0
Adjustment / Setting
0: 2100 Hz
6 CED frequency 0 0
1: 1100 Hz
5 1.8 sec 0
Time (T) T+ 100 ms T+ 200 ms T+ 300 ms
to 2.5 sec
Bit No. 5 0 0 0 0
4 Bit No. 4 0 0 1 1 0
Pause between off Bit No. 3 0 1 0 1
hook and CED signal
Time (T) T+ 400 ms T+ 500 ms T+ 600 ms T+ 700 ms
Bit No. 5 1 1 1 1
3 0
Bit No. 4 0 0 1 1
0
Bit No. 3 0 1 0 1
181
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
Reserved Reserved
7 0
4 Counter 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0
Redefine re-dial Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
attempts counter
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
3 Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0
If the
SW20 [1 to 5] = Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
0
[0,0,0,0,0]
2 Counter Reserved 0
Machine doesn’t refer
This setting. Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1
Kept refer SW8 [1 to Bit No. 3 0 1 1 1 1
4] setting. Bit No. 2 1 0 0 1 1
1 0
Bit No. 1 1 0 1 0 1
• Bit 1 to 4: The re-dial time will followings bit 1 to 4 if these bits not all clear. Otherwise the
Adjustment / Setting
182
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 Level (dBm) -17 -16 -15 -14 -13 -12 -11 -10 0
Bit No. 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
7 Bit No. 6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1
Bit No. 5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
CNG signal level 6
6 Level (dBm) -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 1
Bit No. 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
5 0
Bit No. 5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
4 Level (dBm) -17 -16 -15 -14 -13 -12 -11 -10 1
Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
3 Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
DTMF high frequency Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
8
level
2 Level (dBm) -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 0
Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Adjustment / Setting
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
1 0
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
183
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 Reserved Reserved 0
6 0 0
5 Interval (min) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0
Bit No. 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
4 Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
Re-dial interval Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
3 (unit = minute) 0
Interval (min) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
If the Bit No. 5 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
2 SW18 [1 to 4] = Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
[0,0,0,0] Bit No. 3 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
Machine doesn’t refer Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
This setting. Kept
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
refer SW8[1 to 4] set-
ting. Interval (min) Reserved
Bit No. 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 Bit No. 4 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Bit No. 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Adjustment / Setting
Bit No. 2 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
Bit No. 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
184
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
NSS signal before 0: Not to send NSS signal for self mode in TX mode
8 1
DCS 1: Send NSS signal if remote side is same model
• Bit 1 to 2: T1 indicate the calling time after dialing, can adjust the T1 time more long by change the
default value. The default T1 timer depends on each country regulation.
• Bit 3: Some old machine can not accept DIS command over 4 bytes, and every time will become
Adjustment / Setting
fail. In this case can set this bit to 1. If this bit set to 1, JBIG and V8 capability will disable
automatically.
• Bit 8: Sender machine’s name will show on the other party’s LCD or print on the report if remote
side is the same model.
185
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Detect busy tone 1: Check busy tone within dial tone detection
8 0
before dial 0: Not to check
Regard dial tone as 1: Yes - Check dial tone after dialing
7 0
busy tone after dialing 0: No 0
Check Busy tone 0: Measure tone by input energy over threshold
6 0
method 1: By PTT regulation tone frequency
5 Reserved Reserved 0
4 Level (dBm) -17 -16 -15 -14 -13 -12 -11 -10 0
Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
3 Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1
CED signal output Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
6
level
2 Level (dBm) -9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 1
Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
1 0
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Adjustment / Setting
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
186
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
Reserved Reserved 0
6 0
5 0
Adjustment / Setting
4 Flash time (ms) 100 80 60 50 0
Flash key time in ON
hook key dial Bit No. 4 0 0 1 1
Bit No. 3 0 1 0 1 0
3 0
2 0
Reserved Reserved
1 0
187
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Level (dBm) -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20
Bit No. 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 5 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
4 Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
Bit No. 3 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
Bit No. 2 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
Bit No. 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
Adjustment / Setting
3 Dial tone Insensitivity Level (dBm) -21 -22 -23 -24 -25 -26 -27 -28 -29 -30 0
(0 to -40 dBm) Bit No. 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 4 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
2 0
Bit No. 2 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 8
Bit No. 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
Level (dBm) -31 -32 -33 -34 -35 -36 -37 -38 -39 -40
Bit No. 6 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Bit No. 3 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
1 Bit No. 2 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
Bit No. 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
188
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
Reserved Reserved 0
6 0
5 0
4 Level (dBm) 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 0
Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
3 Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
Immunity for Dial Tone Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
0
receiver
2 Level (dBm) -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 0
Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
1 0
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
• Bit 1 to 4: Line input energy must be over this level before dialing
Adjustment / Setting
189
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Bit No. 6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
1 1
Bit No. 5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
• Bit 1-4: The CED duration time level for automatic transmation
190
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 Reserved Reserved 0
6 0
1
Time (sec) 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
5 Bit No. 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
4 0
Time (sec) 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
Bit No. 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 3 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
3 Bit No. 2 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1
Time To Dial after
seize the line when Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
dial tone detected
Time (sec) 4.0 4.2 4.4 4.6 4.8 5.0 5.2 5.4 5.6 5.8
(Unit= 200 msec)
Bit No. 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4
2 Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
Bit No. 3 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1
Adjustment / Setting
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
191
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Level (dBm) -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20
Bit No. 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 5 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
4 Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1
Bit No. 3 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1
Bit No. 2 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
Bit No. 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
Signal tone Insensitiv-
3 0
Adjustment / Setting
ity (dBm) Level (dBm) -21 -22 -23 -24 -25 -26 -27 -28 -29 -30
After Dial for busy Bit No. 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
tone Bit No. 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 4 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
2 0
Bit No. 2 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 8
Bit No. 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
Level (dBm) -31 -32 -33 -34 -35 -36 -37 -38 -39 -40
Bit No. 6 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 5 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 4 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Bit No. 3 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
1 Bit No. 2 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
Bit No. 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
192
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
Adjustment / Setting
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
193
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 Reserved Reserved 0
V.17 Echo protection 0: off
7 1
tone 1: On
V.29 Echo protection 0: Off 4
6 0
tone 1: On
Compromise equalize 0: No
5 enable (CEQ) in the 0
transmit path (TCEQ) 1: Yes
Compromise equalize 0: No
4 enable (CEQ) in the 0
receiver path (RCEQ) 1: Yes
3 0 0
2 Reserved Reserved 0
1 0
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Adjustment / Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
Reserved Reserved
5 0
4 0
3 0
Password capability in 0: No 2
2 1
DIS/DTC frame 1: Yes
1 Reserved Reserved 0
194
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
6 1
Dial tone frequency
5 See Bit No. 1 to 3 0
upper range index
4 0
3 Frequency 0
375 to 462 310 to 380 462 to 580
range (Hz)
Bit No. 3 0 0 0
2 Bit No. 2 0 0 1 0
Dial tone frequency Bit No. 1 0 1 0 0
low range index
Frequency
570 to 630 300 to 370 Reserved
range (Hz)
1 Bit No. 3 0 1 1 1 1 0
Bit No. 2 1 0 0 1 1
Bit No. 1 1 0 1 0 1
Adjustment / Setting
195
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Re-dial attempts con- 0: No any limitation
tinue fail counter
8 1
(Using for detect line 1: limit up to bit 1 to 4
problem error)
8
7 0
6 Reserved Reserved 0
5 0
4 Counter 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1
Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
3 Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
Re-dial attempts fail
limitation counter Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
A
(Using for detect line
2 Counter 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1
problem error)
Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
1 0
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
• Bit 8: The re-dial fail counter will plus 1 for each auto dialing, unless user interruption or
Adjustment / Setting
after finish communication. If the counter over the setting in bit 1 to 4 and Bit set to
1, then the machine will stop to dial unless user interruption or entry communica-
tion phase.
196
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Polling TX type for 0: V.34
8 0
V.34 modem 1: V.17
Auto dial learning for 0: Yes - skip V.34 handshaking with remote side
7 0 0
V.34 modem 1: No - retry from V.8 handshake
6 0
RX start symbol rate
5 See Bit No. 1 to 3 0
for V.34 modem
4 0
Symbol rate
3 3429 3200 3000 2800 2400 0
(sym/s)
Max. speed
33.6 31.2 26.4 24.0 21.6
(kbps)
Bit No. 6 0 0 0 0 1
Bit No. 5 0 0 1 1 0 0
TX start symbol rate
2 Bit No. 4 0 1 0 1 0 0
for V.34 modem
Symbol rate
Reserved
Max. speed
Bit No. 6 1 1 1
1 Bit No. 5 0 1 1 0
Bit No. 4 1 0 1
Adjustment / Setting
197
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Fine tune of 33.6 1: Yes
kbps/ 31.2 kbps
8 1
receiving speed for 0: No - modem default setting
V.34 modem
Set/Reset V.34 trans- 0: Reset
7 1
mit level deviation 1: Set E
6 1
Flags number 2 4 8 10
V.34 flag number
Bit No. 6 0 0 1 1
5 between ECM frame 0
Bit No. 5 0 1 0 1
• Bit 8: This bit set to 1 can get more high speed communication for V.34 at the same line
condition.
Adjustment / Setting
198
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Disable V.34 TX for 1: Yes
8 0
V.34 modem 0: No
Disable V.34 RX for 1: Yes
7 0
V.34 modem 0: No
0
6 0
Flags number 1 2 3 4
Flags number in FSK
frame for V.34 modem Bit No. 6 0 0 1 1
5 0
Bit No. 5 0 1 0 1
Adjustment / Setting
199
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Speed Reserved
Bit No. 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
5 0
Bit No. 6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
Bit No. 5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
4 Reserved Reserved 0
Adjustment / Setting
200
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Speed Reserved
Bit No. 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
5 0
Bit No. 6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
Bit No. 5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
4 Reserved Reserved 0
Adjustment / Setting
V.34 V.34 V.34 V.34
3 Speed (bps) 0
33600 31200 28800 26400
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1
V.34 TX start speed
prohibit V.34 mode Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0
when upper speed
2 V.34 V.34 V.34 V.34 0
less Speed (bps)
24000 21600 19200 16800
Bit No. 3 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1
1 Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0
201
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
Adjustment / Setting
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
202
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
Reserved Reserved
7 0
0: Off 0
6 Close network 0
1: On
5 0
4 0
3 Reserved Reserved 0
0
2 0
1 0
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
0: No
8 Daylight savings timer 1
1: Yes
7 0 8
6 Reserved Reserved 0
Adjustment / Setting
5 0
0: RX one page then print one page. (PRINT RX)
4 RX print mode 1
1: Start to print after receiving all pages. (MEMORY RX)
0: Memory TX
3 Default TX mode 0
1: ADF TX
0: Off A
2 Header for FAX TX 1
1: On - transmit header at top of each page
Print model name on 0: No
1 top of TX page If 0
name not register 1: Yes
• Bit 1: If machine name not registered, the model name will print at the top of each receiv-
ing page. The default is not to print. (base on custom ID)
• Bit 2: Some country such as U.S.A PTT regulation, must be send header at top of each
page.
203
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
Reserved Reserved
7 0
0: Auto RX mode
6 RX mode 0 0
1: Manual RX mode
0: Off
5 Footer 0
1: On - Print footer information at each of received page
4 0
3 0
Reserved Reserved 0
2 0
1 0
• Bit 5: The footer shows machine number, receiving time, remote side TSI number, ses-
sion and page number. The details show on the report specification.
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
0: No
Adjustment / Setting
8 Activity report 1
1: Yes
7 0
Description ON ON (Error) OFF Reserved
TX Result Report Bit No. 7 0 0 1 1 A
6 Bit No. 6 0 1 0 1 1
5 0
Description ON ON (Error) OFF Reserved
RX Result Report Bit No. 5 0 0 1 1
4 Bit No. 4 0 1 0 1 1
• If resetting (Delete), the mail will be deleted on POP3 server. If setting (Keep), the mail
will be kept on POP3 server.
204
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
Reserved Reserved
7 0
Print RX Mailbox 0: Base on RX RESULT REPORT setting
6 0 0
Report method 1: Always printing
Re-dial method if 0: Re-dial again
5 0
Comm. Fail 1: Base on re-dial time interval
4 No. of rings 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0
Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
3 Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
No. of rings 1
2 No. of rings 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 0
Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
1 1
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Adjustment / Setting
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Transmit or cancel 0: Cancel and print out report
8 after time out in “Mem- 0
ory TX” 1: Transmission
7 0 0
6 0
5 0
4 Reserved Reserved 0
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
• Bit 8: Can select cancel this job and print out report or start to send in case of time when
memory full condition occurs
205
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
Reserved Reserved 0
6 0
5 0
1 Reserved Reserved 0
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Adjustment / Setting
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
206
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Report 0: Digits format
8 1
Date/Time type 1: Alpha numeric format
Adjustment / Setting
MAR. 25 2006 2006
Bit No. 7 0 0 1
Report Bit No. 6 0 1 0
Date/Time format A
When bit No.8 is “0”.
1 Reserved Reserved 0
207
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
Adjustment / Setting
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
208
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Time out from PSK to 0: 6 sec.
8 0
FSK delay time 1: 30 sec.
7 0 0
6 0
5 0
4 Reserved Reserved 0
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
• Bit 8: This is the delay time for PSK signal after sending MCF or PPR command. The
timer depends on each country regulation.
Adjustment / Setting
209
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
Reserved Reserved
7 0
210
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Adjustment / Setting
Bit No. 5 0 0 0 0
(Greenwich Mean
3 Time) Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 1
Bit No. 3 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1
211
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
Bit No. 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
1 Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1
• Bit1-6: This value must be entered correctly, or E-mail headers will be wrong. A good ref-
erence web site may be found at http://greenwichmeantime.com
Available ranges are:12 to -12, in one hour increments. The default setting is zero.
212
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 Reserved Reserved 0
5 0
4 0
Print Mailbox RX 0: No
3 image even password 0
are not correct 1: Yes
• Bit 3: If bit 3 set to “1”, machine will print out the incoming page even through password is
not correct.
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Adjustment / Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
Reserved Reserved 0
6 0
5 0
4 No. of rings 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1
Bit No. 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
3 Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Max. No. of ring F
2 No. of rings 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1
Bit No. 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
Bit No. 2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
1 1
Bit No. 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
213
12. SOFT SWITCH set Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
7 0
0
6 0
5 0
Reserved Reserved
4 0
3 0
0
2 0
1 0
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
“#” key definition in 1: “#” is external key, machine (PBX) default is internal
8 1
PBX mode 0: “#” is internal key, machine (PSTN) default is external
7 0 8
6 0
5 0
Adjustment / Setting
Reserved Reserved
4 0
3 0
2 0 0
TX Result report with 0: Yes
1 0
image 1: No
• Bit 8: If this bit set to 1, the # key is use to access PSTN line after dial the pre-fix number
If this bit set to 0, the # key is use to access PBX line instead of PSTN line
• Bit 1: This bit set to “1”, the first page image will not append at the bottom of error report
or OK report
214
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 12. SOFT SWITCH set
magicolor 2490MF
Initial
Bit No. Designation Function Setting
Bit HEX
8 0
Reserved Reserved
7 0
Print RX error report 0: No
6 In RX side if no any 0 1
FAX signal detected 1: Yes
• Bit 6: If this bit set to 1, Machine does not print put RX error report if no detect any Fax
signal from the other party.
• Bit 5: Can not open by user to change PPS if this bit set to “0”.
Adjustment / Setting
215
13. Fax Protocols Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Transmission Receiving
Error
Note:If one page end and
Partial page consists of plural num-
(High-speed Modem Sig- ber of partial pages,
nal) PPS.
NULL signal is trans-
mitted from the trans-
mission side.
Adjustment / Setting
4139F3C555DA
216
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 13. Fax Protocols
magicolor 2490MF
13.2.1 Procedure of G3 mode communication
• Basic communications diagram of G3 mode.
Phase
[START] key press
R side start
Adjustment / Setting
Phase
[START] key press
R side start
4139F3C556DA
217
13. Fax Protocols Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Code Function
CFR Confirmation to Receive. 1850 Hz or 1650 Hz 3 sec.
CIG Calling Station Identification.
CRP Command Repeat.
CSI Called Subscriber Identification.
DCN Disconnect.
DCS Digital Identification Signal.
DIS Digital Transmit Command.
DTC Digital Transmit Command.
EOM End of Message. 1,100 Hz.
EOP End of Procedure.
FTT Failure to Train.
MCF Message Confirmation. 1,650 Hz or 1,850 Hz.
MPS Multi-Page Signal.
NCS Non-Standard Facilities Command.
NCF Non-Standard Facilities.
NSS Non-Standard Facilities Set-up.
PIN Procedural Interrupt Negative.
PIP Procedural Interrupt Positive.
PRI-EOM Procedure Interrupt-End of Message (COM).
PRI-MPS Procedure Interrupt-Multi page Signal (MPS).
Adjustment / Setting
218
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 13. Fax Protocols
magicolor 2490MF
• DCS or DIS
• HEX Data as printed on page.
See P.137
• Example: V.17 Communication
SESSION FUNCTION NO DESTINATION STATION DATE TIME PAGE DURATION MODE RESULT
ABC
0001 TX 01 DEC.02 15:00 008 00h00min00s ECM-12 OK
22345678901234567890
TX RX DATA
FF 13 83 00 46 88 00...
Means address
Adjustment / Setting
• FIF (Facsimile Information Field)
1 2
HEX
0 0 4 6 8 8 0 0
Data Bit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bit No. 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 19 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
↑ ↑↑ ↑↑
Bit No.11= 1, Bit No.12=0 7200 bps
Note
Bit No.15= 1 R8 x 7.7 Lines/mm (Fine Mode)
Bit No.19= 0, Bit No.20=1 Unlimited Paper Length
219
13. Fax Protocols Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
DIS (DTC) / DCS Bit Allocation Table of FIF (Facsimile Information Field)
magicolor 2490MF
Bit
Designation DIS/DTC DCS
No.
“0”= Invalid
1
“1”= Store-and-forward switching Internet fax simple mode
2 Set to “0”
“0”= Invalid
3
“1”= Real-time Internet fax
4 Set to “0”
5 Set to “0”
“0”= Invalid
6 Invalid
“1”= V.8 capabilities
“0” = 256 octets preferred
7 Flame size Invalid
“1”= 64 octets preferred
8 Set to “0”
“0”= Invalid
9 Set to “0”
“1”= Ready to transmit a facsimile document (polling)
“0”= Invalid
10
“1”= Receiver fax operation
11
Bit No.
12 Data signalling rate
14 13 12 11
13 Bit No. 2400 bit/s,
Data signalling rate 0 0 0 0
rec. V.27ter
14 13 12 11
9600 bit/s,
V.27 ter fall-back 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 rec. V.29
Adjustment / Setting
mode
4800 bit/s,
0 0 0 1 Rec. V.29 0 0 1 0
rec. V.27ter
0 0 1 0 Rec. V.27 ter
7200 bit/s,
Rec. V.27 ter and 0 0 1 1
0 0 1 1 rec. V.29
V.29
0 1 0 0 Invalid
0 1 0 0 Not used
0 1 0 1 Reserved
0 1 0 1 Not used
0 1 1 0 Invalid
Data signalling rate 0 1 1 0 Reserved
0 1 1 1 Reserved
0 1 1 1 Reserved
14,400 bit/s,
14 1 0 0 0 Not used 1 0 0 0
rec. V.17
1 0 0 1 Not used
9,600 bit/s,
1 0 1 0 Reserved 1 0 0 1
rec. V.17
Rec. V.27 ter, V.29, 12,000 bit/s,
1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
V33 and V.17 rec. V.17
1 1 0 0 Not used 7,200 bit/s,
1 1 0 1 Not used 1 0 1 1
rec. V.17
1 1 1 0 Reserved 1 1 0 0 Reserved
1 1 1 1 Reserved 1 1 0 1 Reserved
1 1 1 0 Reserved
1 1 1 1 Reserved
“0”= Invalid
15
“1”= R8 × 7.7 lines/mm and/or 200 × 200 pels/25.4 mm
“0”= Invalid “0”= Invalid
16
“1”= Two-dimensional coding capability “1”= Two-dimensional coding
220
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 13. Fax Protocols
Bit
magicolor 2490MF
Designation DIS/DTC DCS
No.
17
Bit No.
Data signalling rate
18 17
Scan line length 215 mm ±
0 0 Bit No.
1% Data signalling rate
18 17
Scan line length 215 mm ±
1% Scan line length 215
0 0
0 1
and scan line length 255 mm ± 1%
Recording width mm ± 1% Scan line length 255
0 1
18 capabilities
Scan line length 215 mm ± mm ± 1%
1% Scan line length 303
1 0
and scan line length 255 mm ± 1%
1 0
mm ± 1% 1 1 Invalid
and scan line length 303
mm ± 1%
1 1 Invalid
19
Bit No.
Recording length capability Bit No. Recording length capabil-
20 19 ity
20 19
0 0 A4 (297 mm)
Recording length 0 0 A4 (297 mm)
A4 (297 mm) and B4 (364
20 capability 0 1 0 1 B4 (364 mm)
mm)
1 0 Unlimited
1 0 Unlimited
1 1 Invalid
1 1 Invalid
21
Bit No. Minimum scan line time
Adjustment / Setting
22
23 22 21 capability at the receive
20 ms at 3.85 1/mm: T 7.7 = T 3.85 20
0 0 0 Bit No.
ms Minimum scan line time
0 0 1 5 ms at 3.85 1/mm: T 7.7 = T 3.85 23 22 21
10 ms at 3.85 1/mm: T 7.7 = T 3.85 10 0 0 0 20 ms
0 1 0 0 0 1 5 ms
ms
23 0 1 1 20 ms at 3.85 1/mm: T 7.7 = 1/2 T 3.85 0 1 0 10 ms
40 ms at 3.85 1/mm: T 7.7 = T 3.85 40 1 0 0 40 ms
1 0 0
ms 1 1 1 0 ms
1 0 1 40 ms at 3.85 1/mm: T 7.7 = 1/2 T 3.85
1 1 0 10 ms at 3.85 1/mm: T 7.7 = 1/2 T 3.85
1 1 1 0 ms at 3.85 1/mm: T 7.7 = T 3.85
“0”= Without
24 Extension field
“1”= With
25 Reserved
“0”= Invalid
26
“1”= Un-compressed mode
“0”= Invalid
27
“1”= ECM
Frame size 0: 256 octets
28 Set to “0”
Frame size 1: 64 octets
29 Set to “0”
30 Set to “0”
221
13. Fax Protocols Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Bit
Designation DIS/DTC DCS
magicolor 2490MF
No.
“0”= Invalid “0”= Invalid
31
“1”= T.6 coding capability “1”= T.6 coding enabled
“0”= Without
32 Extend field
“1”= With
“0”= Invalid
33
“1”= Field not valid capability
“0”= Invalid
34 Set to “0”
“1”= Multiple selective polling capability
“0”= Invalid
35 “1”= Polling subaddress transmission (DTC) by Polled Set to “0”
SubAddress (DIS)/PSA
“0”= Invalid
36
“1”= T.43 coding
“0”= Invalid
37
“1”= Plane interleave
38 Set to “0”
39 Set to “0”
“0”= Without
40 Extend field
“1”= With
“0”= Invalid
41
“1”= R8 x 15.4 lines/mm
“0”= Invalid
42
“1”= 300 x 300 pels/25.4 mm
“0”= Invalid
Adjustment / Setting
43
“1”= R16 x 15.4 lines/mm and/or 400 x 400 pels/25.4 mm
Resolution type selection
“0”= Invalid
44 “0”= metric based resolution
“1”= Inch based resolution preferred
“1”= inch based resolution
“0”= Invalid
45 Do not care
“1”= Metric based resolution preferred
Minimum scan line
“0”: T 15.4 = T 7.7 Do not care
46 time capability for
“1”: T 15.4 = 1/2 T 7.7
higher resolutions.
“0”= Invalid
47 “1”= Selective polling (DIS)/ Selective polling transmission Set to “0”
(DTC)
0: Without
48 Extend field
1: With
“0”= Invalid “0”= Invalid
49
“1”= Sub Addressing capability “1”= Sub Addressing transmission
“0”= Invalid “0”= Invalid
50 “1”= Password/ Sender Identification capability (DIS)/ “1”= Sender Identification transmis-
Password transmission (DTC) sion
“0”= Invalid
51 Set to “0”
“1”= Ready to transmit a data file (polling)
52 Set to “0”
“0”= Invalid
53
“1”= Binary File Transfer (BFT)
222
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 13. Fax Protocols
Bit
magicolor 2490MF
Designation DIS/DTC DCS
No.
“0”= Invalid
54
“1”= Document Transfer Mode (DTM)
“0”= Invalid
55
“1”= EDIFACT Transfer (EDI)
0: Without
56 Extend field
1: With
“0”= Invalid
57
“1”= Basic Transfer Mode (BTM)
58 Set to “0”
“0”= Invalid
59 “1”= Ready to transmit a character or mixed mode docu- Set to “0”
ment (polling)
“0”= Invalid
60
“1”= Character mode
61 Set to “0”
“0”= Invalid
62
“1”= Mixed mode
63 Set to “0”
“0”= Without
64 Extend field
“1”= With
“0”= Invalid
65
“1”= Processable mode 26
“0”= Invalid
66
“1”= Digital network capability
Adjustment / Setting
Duplex and half “0”= Half duplex operation only “0”= Half duplex operation only
67
duplex capabilities “1”= Duplex and half duplex operation “1”= Duplex operation
“0”= Invalid
68
“1”= JPEG coding
“0”= Invalid
69
“1”= Full color mode
“0”= Invalid
70 Set to “0”
“1”= Preferred Huffmann tables
“0”= Invalid
71
“1”= 12 bit/pixel/element
“0”= Without
72 Extend field
“1”= With
“0”= Invalid
73
“1”= No sampling (1:1:1)
“0”= Invalid
74
“1”= Nonstandard radiation light
“0”= Invalid
75
“1”= Nonstandard is mute range
“0”= Invalid “0”= Invalid
76 “1”= North American Letter (215.9 mm × 279.4 mm) capac- “1”= North American Letter (215.9
ity mm × 279.4 mm)
223
13. Fax Protocols Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Bit
Designation DIS/DTC DCS
magicolor 2490MF
No.
“0”= Invalid “0”= Invalid
77 “1”= North American Legal (215.9 mm × 355.6 mm) capac- “1”= North American Legal (215.9
ity mm × 355.6 mm)
“0”= Invalid
“0”= Invalid
78 “1”= Single layer sequential encod-
“1”= Single layer sequential encoding, basic capacity
ing, basic
“0”= Invalid
79
“1”= Single layer sequential encoding, optional L0 capacity
“0”= Without
80 Extend field
“1”= With
“0”= Invalid
“0”= Invalid
81 “1”= HKM key management selec-
“1”= HKM key management capacity
tion
“0”= Invalid
“0”= Invalid
82 “1”= RSA key management selec-
“1”= RSA key management capacity
tion
“0”= Invalid “0”= Invalid
83
“1”= Override mode capacity “1”= Override mode function
“0”= Invalid “0”= Invalid
84
“1”= HFX40 code capacity “1”= HFX40 code selection
“0”= Invalid
“0”= Invalid
85 “1”= Alternative code number 2
“1”= Alternative code number 2 capacity
selection
“0”= Invalid
“0”= Invalid
86 “1”= Alternative code number 3
Adjustment / Setting
224
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 13. Fax Protocols
Bit
magicolor 2490MF
Designation DIS/DTC DCS
No.
“0”= Invalid
97
“1”= Color/mono-color multi-value 300 pixels x 300 pixels or 400 pixels x 400 pixels / 25.4 mm
“0”= Invalid
98
“1”= R4 x 3.85 lines/mm and/or 100 pixels x 100 pixels / 25.4 mm for color/mono-color multi-value
“0”= Invalid
99
“1”= Single phase C BFT negotiation capacity
100 Set to “0”
101 Set to “0”
102 Set to “0”
103 Set to “0”
“0”= Without
104 Extend field
“1”= With
Adjustment / Setting
225
13. Fax Protocols Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
magicolor 2490MF
Blank Page
Adjustment / Setting
226
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 14. Jam display
Troubleshooting
magicolor 2490MF
14. Jam display
14.1 Misfeed display
• When a media misfeed occurs, the printer shows the corresponding media misfeed sta-
tus by means of the Error indicator on the control panel or LCD display.
㧖CAUTION!㧖
PAPER MISFEED
㧖CAUTION!㧖
OPEN FRONT COVER
4139F4E510DA
Misfeed processing
Display Misfeed Location Action
location
*CAUTION!*
PAPER MISFEED
Top cover, top front
Paper feed section P.229
cover
*CAUTION!*
OPEN FRONT COVER
*CAUTION!* Transfer section Top cover P.230
PAPER JAM Fusing section Top cover P.231
Troubleshooting
*CAUTION!* tion P.22
OPEN DOC. FEED COVER Document exit section
*CAUTION!*
PAPER MISFEED
Lower feeder unit Lower Feeder Unit Ser-
Tray 2
paper feed section vice Manual P.13
*CAUTION!*
OPEN FRONT COVER
*CAUTION!* Duplex option paper feed
PAPER JAM section
Duplex Option Service
Duplex option door
Duplex option paper con- Manual P.15
*CAUTION!*
veyance section
OPEN DUPLEX COVER
227
14. Jam display Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
4139F4C507DA
228
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 14. Jam display
14.3 Solution
magicolor 2490MF
14.3.1 Initial check items
• When a media misfeed occurs, check the following:
Type Description
Detection of mis- The leading edge of the paper does not block the registration sensor (PS1) even
feed at paper feed after the lapse of a predetermined period of time after the tray1 paper pick-up
section solenoid (SD1) has been energized.
B. Action
WIRING DIAGRAM
229
14. Jam display Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
A. Detection timing
Type Description
The paper does not unblock the registration sensor (PS1) even after the lapse of a
Detection of mis- predetermined period of time after the registration roller solenoid (SD2) has been
feed at 2nd trans- deenergized.
fer section The fusing paper loop sensor (PS8) is not blocked by the paper that has moved
past the position, at which the sensor is blocked.
The registration sensor (PS1) is blocked when the power switch is turned ON, a
Detection of paper cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
left in 2nd transfer
section The fusing paper loop sensor (PS8) is blocked when the power switch is turned
ON, a cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
B. Action
WIRING DIAGRAM
230
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 14. Jam display
magicolor 2490MF
A. Detection timing
Type Description
The paper does not block the exit sensor (PS7) even after the lapse of a predeter-
mined period of time after the registration roller solenoid (SD2) has been ener-
Detection of gized.
misfeed at fusing The exit sensor (PS7) is unblocked within a predetermined period of time after it
section has been blocked by the paper.
The main motor, polygon motor, and rack motor are energized even after the
lapse of a predetermined period of time after paper information has been created.
Detection of paper The exit sensor (PS7) is blocked when the power switch is turned ON, a cover is
left in fusing section opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
B. Action
WIRING DIAGRAM
Troubleshooting
231
14. Jam display Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
A. Detection timing
Type Description
The exit sensor (PS7) is not unblocked even after the lapse of a predetermined
Detection of period of time after it has been blocked by the paper.
misfeed at exit
section The Paper exit tray full sensor (PS11) is not blocked even after the set period of
time has elapsed after the exit sensor (PS7) has been blocked by the paper.
Detection of paper The exit sensor (PS7) is blocked when the power switch is turned ON, a cover is
left in exit section opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
Detection of paper
The exit tray full sensor (PS11) is blocked when the power switch is turned ON, a
loaded fully in exit
cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
section
B. Action
WIRING DIAGRAM
232
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 14. Jam display
magicolor 2490MF
A. Detection timing
Type Description
Detection of
Conflicting settings are made in the printer driver.
undefined misfeed
B. Action
WIRING DIAGRAM
Troubleshooting
233
15. Error codes Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
㧖CAUTION!㧖
MACHINE TROUBLE
SERVICE CALL
(04H)
4139F4E511DA
234
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 15. Error codes
magicolor 2490MF
• The state of the retraction position sensor/2nd image
transfer is not changed from the unblocked to blocked
state even after the lapse of a predetermined period of
time during predrive.
• The retraction position sensor/2nd image transfer is in
the unblocked state even after the lapse of a predeter-
2nd image transfer pres- mined period of time during predrive.
14H sure • The retraction position sensor/2nd image transfer is not
/retraction failure blocked (roller in the retracted position) within a prede-
termined period of time after the retraction sequence of
the 2nd transfer roller has been started.
• The retraction position sensor/2nd image transfer is not
unblocked (roller in the pressed position) within a pre-
determined period of time after the pressure sequence
of the 2nd transfer roller has been started.
• The state of the retraction position sensor/cleaning
blade is not changed from the blocked to unblocked
state even after the lapse of a predetermined period of
time during predrive.
• The retraction position sensor/cleaning blade is in the
blocked state even after the lapse of a predetermined
period of time during predrive.
Cleaning blade pressure
15H • The retraction position sensor/cleaning blade is not
/retraction failure
unblocked (blade in the retracted position) within a pre-
determined period of time after the retraction sequence
of the cleaning blade has been started.
• The retraction position sensor/cleaning blade is not
blocked (blade in the pressed position) within a prede-
termined period of time after the pressure sequence of
the cleaning blade has been started.
• The belt positioning sensor does not detect the transfer
belt position detection hole a second time even after
16H Transfer belt rotation failure
the lapse of a predetermined period of time after it has
detected one while the transfer belt is rotated.
• The rack positioning sensor is in the blocked state
when the rack motor remains deenergized.
• The rack positioning sensor is not blocked a second Troubleshooting
time even after the lapse of a predetermined period of
time after it has been blocked once while the rack motor
remains energized.
17H Rack rotation failure • The rack positioning sensor is unable to detect the
deceleration control position after the lapse of a given
period of time after the rack motor has started while the
rack motor is turning.
• The count value of the edge of ON signal of the rack
positioning sensor during each developing positions
are not a predetermined value while the rack motor is
turning.
235
15. Error codes Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
236
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 15. Error codes
15.4 Solution
magicolor 2490MF
15.4.1 04H: Printer control board malfunction
WIRING DIAGRAM
WIRING DIAGRAM
237
15. Error codes Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
WIRING DIAGRAM
WIRING DIAGRAM
as necessary.
Check the PRCB connector for proper connec-
3 - -
tion and correct as necessary.
PRCB PJ4PRCB-1 (REM)
4 FM1 operation check. C-2
PRCB PJ4PRCB-3 (LOCK)
5 Change PRCB. - -
6 Change DCPU1. - -
238
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 15. Error codes
magicolor 2490MF
Relevant Electrical Parts
PH unit Printer control board (PRCB)
WIRING DIAGRAM
WIRING DIAGRAM
Troubleshooting
239
15. Error codes Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
WIRING DIAGRAM
240
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 15. Error codes
magicolor 2490MF
Relevant Electrical Parts
Retraction position sensor /cleaning blade (PS6) Printer control board (PRCB)
Pressure/retraction solenoid /cleaning
blade (SD3)
Main motor (M1)
WIRING DIAGRAM
WIRING DIAGRAM
Troubleshooting
Control Signal (Electrical
component)
Check the PRCB connector for proper connec-
1 - -
tion and correct as necessary.
2 PS4 sensor check. PRCB PJ9PRCB-8 (ON) C-5
3 Change transfer belt unit. - -
4 Change PRCB. - -
241
15. Error codes Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
WIRING DIAGRAM
WIRING DIAGRAM
component)
Check the fusing unit for correct installation
1 - -
(whether it is secured in position).
Check the fusing unit, DCPU1, and PRCB for
2 - -
proper connection and correct as necessary.
Check the lever of the safety switch and correct
3 - -
as necessary.
4 Change the fusing unit. - -
5 Change PRCB. - -
6 Change DCPU1. - -
242
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 15. Error codes
magicolor 2490MF
Relevant Electrical Parts
OHP sensor (PS2) Printer control board (PRCB)
WIRING DIAGRAM
WIRING DIAGRAM
Troubleshooting
243
15. Error codes Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
WIRING DIAGRAM
WIRING DIAGRAM
locked.
Check the M5 connector for proper connection
2 - -
and correct as necessary.
Check M5 for proper drive coupling and correct
3 - -
as necessary.
Check the PRCB connector for proper connec-
4 - -
tion and correct as necessary.
IPB P8IPB-1 to 4
5 M5 operation check. L-11
(Pulse Output)
6 Change PRCB. - -
7 Change DCPU2. - -
8 Change DCPU1. - -
244
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 15. Error codes
magicolor 2490MF
Relevant Electrical Parts
Scanner unit Printer control board (PRCB)
WIRING DIAGRAM
WIRING DIAGRAM
Troubleshooting
15.4.22 CONTROLLER: Controller internal error
WIRING DIAGRAM
245
16. Power supply errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Location
Step Check Item (Electrical Result Action
component)
Check wiring from
Is the power source voltage being applied to
1 J-6 NO power outlet to PG1 to
CN1DCPU1 on DCPU1?
CN1.
2 Are fuses (F1 and F2) on DCPU1 conducting? - NO Change DCPU1.
Are DC24 V and DC5 V being applied to NO Change DCPU1.
3 G-6
PJ2PRCB on the PRCB? YES Change PRCB.
Location
Step Check Item (Electrical Result Action
component)
Check wiring from
Is the power source voltage being applied to
1 J-6 NO power outlet to PG1 to
CN1DCPU1 on DCPU1?
CN1.
2 Are fuses (F1 and F2) on DCPU1 conducting? - NO Change DCPU1.
3 Is P7IPB on IPB properly connected? I-10 NO Reconnect.
NO Reconnect.
Is P702 on Operation boad properly con- Change Operation
4 G-10
Troubleshooting
246
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 16. Power supply errors
magicolor 2490MF
Relevant Electrical Parts
Safety switch (SW2) DC power supply1 (DCPU1)
Fusing unit
Location
Step Check Item (Electrical Result Action
component)
Is the power source voltage being applied to
Check wiring from
CN1DCPU1 on DCPU1?
1 J-6 NO power outlet to PG1 to
The top cover and front cover should in closed
CN1.
position at this time.
Is the power source voltage being applied to YES Change the fusing unit.
2 J-5
CN2 on DCPU1? NO Change DCPU1.
Troubleshooting
247
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
248
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
magicolor 2490MF
• Determine if the failure is attributable to the Scanner system or the Printer system.
Scanner system
Printer system
Troubleshooting
249
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
17.2 Solution
magicolor 2490MF
4036fs4038c0 4036fs4039c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
250
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
magicolor 2490MF
A. Typical faulty images
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
4036fs4036c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
Troubleshooting
251
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
4036fs4030c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
252
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
magicolor 2490MF
A. Typical faulty images
4036fs4023c0 4036fs4024c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
Troubleshooting
253
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
AA
4036fs4029c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
254
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
magicolor 2490MF
A. Typical faulty images
4036fs4021c0 4036fs4022c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
Troubleshooting
255
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
4040F4C500DA
B. Troubleshooting procedure
256
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
17.2.8 White lines in FD, white bands in FD, colored lines in FD, and colored
magicolor 2490MF
bands in FD
A. Typical faulty images
B. Troubleshooting procedure
257
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
17.2.9 White lines in CD, white bands in CD, colored lines in CD, and colored
magicolor 2490MF
bands in CD
A. Typical faulty images
B. Troubleshooting procedure
258
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
magicolor 2490MF
A. Typical faulty images
B. Troubleshooting procedure
Troubleshooting
259
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
4036fs4046c0 4036fs4047c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
260
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
magicolor 2490MF
A. Typical faulty images
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
4036fs4036c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
261
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
4036fs4048c0
4036fs4049c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
262
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
magicolor 2490MF
A. Typical faulty images
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
4036fs4030c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
Troubleshooting
263
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
4138fs4503c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
264
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
magicolor 2490MF
A. Typical faulty images
4036fs4051c0
4036fs4050c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
9 -
The problem has been eliminated
NO Replace the toner cartridge. Troubleshooting
after performing step 8.
265
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Colored spots
AA
4036fs4052c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
266
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
magicolor 2490MF
A. Typical faulty images
Blurred image
4036fs4031c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
Troubleshooting
267
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
4036fs4038c0 4036fs4039c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
268
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
magicolor 2490MF
A. Typical faulty images
AA
4036fs4032c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
Troubleshooting
269
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
CF
CF
CF
4036fs4059c0 4036fs4060c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
270
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
magicolor 2490MF
A. Typical faulty images
4036fs4061c0 4036fs4031c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
Troubleshooting
271
17. Miscellaneous errors Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
AA
4036fs4062c0 4036fs4063c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
272
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 17. Miscellaneous errors
magicolor 2490MF
A. Typical faulty images
4138fs4507c0
B. Troubleshooting procedure
Troubleshooting
273
18. FAX error Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
㧖 COMM. ERROR 㧖
(0001)
4139F4E512DA
18.2 Outline
• Error caused by a problem of communication functioning. Five possible causes of errors
are:
1. Communication is discontinued by a machine error.
2. Communication is discontinued by a machine trouble.
3. Communication is discontinued by an error occurring at the destination station.
4. Communication is discontinued by a protocol error.
5. ADF Error on trouble.
• When communication is discontinued due to item 3 or 4, transmission is retried. In other
case, transmission is canceled without retry.
[START] Phase
key press
R side start
Troubleshooting
4139F4E513DA
274
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 18. FAX error
magicolor 2490MF
18.4.1 Reception
275
18. FAX error Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Line energy over threshold lasts for 60 seconds after MCF and can not detect FSK or carrier
004A
signal in ECM mode.
004B Can not detect correct FSK signal even though detected FSK tone within 6 sec.
004C Handshake fail during re-train or between page in V34 RX.
004E Receive DCN signal after sending DIS in V.34.
004F Remote side disconnected after sending ANSam in V.8 phase.
0050 Did not receive any correct signal after sending CJ signal in V.8 phase.
0051 Did not receive phase 3 signal after phase 2 within 20 seconds in V.34.
0052 Did not receive phase 4 signal after phase 3 within 20 seconds in V.34.
0053 Modem disconnect after phase 4 in V.34.
0054 Remote side disconnected after phase 4 in V.8.
0055 Receive incorrect signal after sending DIS signal in V.34.
0056 Modem disconnect after sending CFR in V.34.
0057 Did not detect image signal within 6 seconds after sending CFR.
0058 Did not detect image signal within 6 seconds after modem enter to primary phase in V.34.
005A Modem can not detect any correct ECM frame within 3 minutes in phase C.
005B Did not detect phase 5 signal after primary channel within 6 seconds.
005C Detect busy tone within control channel after phase C.
005D Modem can not detect any correct ECM frame with 12 Sec in phase C.
005E Did not detect control channel signal after received RCP frame within 6 seconds.
005F Did not detect silence after sending JM signal for polling TX function.
0060 There are no bulletin files to be polled in V.34.
0061 Machine can not detect V.21 or V.8 signal within 35 seconds.
0062 Modem disconnect in phase D after our side sending out flag sequence in control channel.
0063 Did not receive any flag sequence in control channel within 6 seconds in phase D.
Did not detect any control channel signal in phase D within 60 seconds even though energy
0064
still on the line.
0065 Did not detect any control channel signal within 60 seconds after detect silence in phase D.
0066 Did not receive T.30 signal or carrier signal after sending CFR in V.34.
0070 User presses stop key during receiving.
Troubleshooting
276
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 18. FAX error
18.4.2 Transmission
magicolor 2490MF
Code Possible Causes of Error.
0080 Did not detect any G3 signal within 35 sec. specified by ITU-T in phase B.
0081 Received DTC signal in transmission phase.
0082 Transmitting unit receives a signal other than DIS or DTC. and DCN in phase B.
0083 Detected FSK signal, but did not receive any signal within 35 seconds.
0084 Detect DCN signal in phase B.
0085 Transmitting unit sending DCS 3 times consecutively, but each time responds with DIS/DTC.
0086 Detected response signal other than DTC, DIS, FTT, DCN or CFR after sending DCS.
0087 Training attempt has failed because speed unit cannot adjust to low lower speed.
0088 Received DCN signal after sending out DCS signal.
008B Receiver's protocol of DIS is received, but it is not compatible with our machine.
Receiver's protocol of DIS is received, but remote side can't receive document temporary,
008D
may be cause by run out of paper or other reason.
008E Remote side CSI number not defined in machine one touch or speed dial directory.
008F Modem not ready to receive V.34 data during 6 seconds after receiving CFR signal.
0090 Called side document not ready for our polling.
0091 Sending out DCS+TCF signal 3 times consecutively but no signal in response from receiver.
0092 Remote side disconnected during transmitting phase.
0093 Received DCN signal after sending out DCS signal for V.34.
0094 Time out during transmit ECM frame or RCP command.
0095 Wrong ID number when Polling RX.
0099 Remote side disconnect after primary channel.
009A Did not detect any signal after sending CI signal.
009C Received DCN after sending DTC in V.34 polling RX.
009D Remote side hang up before V.34 modem enters phase 2 state in V.34 polling RX.
009F Did not receive any response from other side after sending PPS_EOM signal.
00A0 User stops or cancels transmission job.
00A1 Document JAM during transmission.
00AE Did not finish V.8 procedure or detect V.21 signal after CM signal within 30 seconds.
Troubleshooting
00AF Modem can not enter into control channel after TX side sends out RCP signal for V.34.
00B0 Did not receive any command after our side retry three DCS signal in V.34 TX.
00B1 Did not finish V.8 procedure or detect V.21 signal after ANSam signal within 35 seconds.
00B2 Did not detect phase 2 signal after our side sending CJ signal within 30 seconds.
00B3 Did not detect correct V.21 or JM signal after sending CM signal.
00B4 Did not detect correct phase 2 signal within 25 second after CM/JM signal exchange.
00B5 Did not detect phase 3 signal after phase 2 within 25 seconds.
00B6 Did not detect phase 4 signal within 25 seconds after CM/JM exchange.
00B7 Did not detect phase 5 signal after phase 4 within 30 seconds.
00B8 Remote side disconnect after our side sent DCS signal in V.34.
00B9 Receive T.30 signal other than DIS,DCS,CFR after sending DCS signal in V.34.
00BA Did not receive correct signal after our side sent DTC signal in V.34.
00BB Every time our side received DIS signal after sending DTC in V.34.
277
18. FAX error Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
00BC Modem not ready within 10 second after entering primary channel in V.34.
00BD Can not detect correct V.21 or JM signal after detected FSK frequency.
00BE Remote side no document to be polled after V8 handshaking.
00BF Capability not match after V8 handshaking.
00C0 Remote side disconnect before entering primary channel in V.34.
At phase-D, transmitting unit sends out EOP 3 times consecutively, but receives no answer
00C1
from receiving unit.
00C2 Remote side disconnect after sending out V.8 CM signal.
00C4 After sending MPS signal, the received signal is not one of MCF, RTN, PIP, PIN, RTP, DCN.
00C5 Received DCN signal after sending MPS signal.
00C9 At phase-D, sending MPS 3 times consecutively, but no answer from receiving unit.
After sending EOP signal, the received signal is not one of MCF, RTN, PIP, PIN, PRI-EOP,
00CA
DCN.
00CB After sending EOP signal, the received signal is DCN signal.
00CC After sending EOM signal, the received signal is not one of MCF, RTN, PIP, PIN, RTP, DCN.
00CD At phase-D, transmitting unit sends out EOM 3 times consecutively, but receives no answer.
00CE At phase-D, transmitting unit sends out EOM, but receives DCN.
00CF Received incorrect signal after sending DTC signal for V.34 polling.
00D0 Received ERR signal after sending EOR_NULL.
00D1 Received incorrect response after sending PPS_EOP signal in V.34.
00D2 Receive DCN after send command PPS_EOP signal.
00D3 Received DCN after sending PPS_NULL signal.
00D4 Received DCN after sending PPS_EOM signal.
00D8 Did not detect correct phase 3 signal for polling within 25 seconds.
00D9 Did not detect correct phase 3 signal after detecting silence after phase 2.
00DA Did not detect phase 4 signal within 30 seconds or remote side hang up over 6 seconds.
00DB Did not receive any T.30 signal within 15 seconds in phase 4.
00DC Received T.30 signal in phase 4 other than DCS, DIS or DTC.
00DE Remote side no SUB capability in V.34.
At phase-D, transmitting unit sends out PPS_NULL 3 times consecutively but receives no
00E0
Troubleshooting
answer.
00E1 Received incorrect response after sending PPS_NULL.
00E2 Did not receive any response in RR response procedure after sending PPS_NULL.
00E4 At phase-D, transmitting unit sends out PPS_MPS 3 times consecutively but no answer.
00E5 Received incorrect response after sending PPS_MPS.
00E6 Did not receive any response in RR response procedure after sending PPS_MPS.
00E7 Received DCN after sending PPS_MPS.
00E8 At phase-D, transmitting unit sends out PPS_EOP 3 times consecutively but no answer.
00E9 Receive PIN signal after sent last page three times.
00EA Did not receive any response in RR response procedure after sending PPS_EOP.
00EB At phase-D, transmitting unit sends out PPS_EOM 3 times consecutively but no answer.
00EC Received incorrect response after sending PPS_EOM.
00ED Did not receive any response in RR response procedure after sent out PPS_EOM.
278
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 18. FAX error
magicolor 2490MF
00EE At phase-D, transmitting unit sends out EOR_NULL 3 times consecutively but no answer.
00EF Received incorrect response after sending EOR_NULL.
00F0 Did not receive any response procedure after sending EOR_NULL.
00F1 At phase-D, transmitting unit sends out EOR_MPS 3 times consecutively but no answer.
00F2 Received incorrect response after sending EOR_MPS.
00F3 Received ERR signal after sending EOR_MPS.
00F4 Did not receive any response in RR response procedure after sending EOR_MPS.
00F5 At phase-D, transmitting unit sends out EOR_EOP 3 times consecutively but no answer.
00F6 Received incorrect response after sending EOR_EOP.
00F7 After Received ERR, our side can not receive response after sending EOR_EOP command.
00F8 At phase-D, transmitting unit sends out EOR_EOM 3 times consecutively but no answer.
00F9 Received incorrect response after sending EOR_EOM.
00FA Received ERR signal after sending EOR_EOM.
00FB Did not receive any response in RR response procedure after sending EOR_EOM.
00FC Did not receive any response after sending CTC.
00FD Can’t speed down to lower speed in ECM mode.
00FE Memory full for transmission.
00FF Redial all fail.
Troubleshooting
279
18. FAX error Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
magicolor 2490MF
Blank Page
Troubleshooting
280
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 19. Parts layout drawing
Appendix
magicolor 2490MF
19. Parts layout drawing
19.1 Main Unit
[17] [18]
[16]
[15]
[14] [1]
[13]
[2]
[3]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[4]
[9]
[8]
[5]
[7] [6] 4139F5C500DA
[1] Pressure/retraction solenoid /cleaning blade [10] Fusing paper loop sensor (PS8)
(SD3)
[2] Main motor (M1) [11] Waste toner near full detect board/LED
(WTDTB/LED)
[3] Ventilation fan motor (FM2) [12] Belt positioning sensor (PS4)
[4] Retraction position sensor /cleaning blade (PS6) [13] Exit sensor (PS7)
[5] Power supply cooling fan motor (FM1) [14] IR unit open/close sensor (PS10)
[6] Retraction position sensor /2nd image transfer [15] Thermistor (TH)
(PS5)
Appendix
281
19. Parts layout drawing Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
magicolor 2490MF
[22] [1]
[21]
[2]
[20]
[19]
[18] [3]
[17] [4]
[5]
[16]
[6]
[15]
[7]
[14]
[8]
[9]
[13]
[12] [10]
[11] 4139F5C507DA
282
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 19. Parts layout drawing
magicolor 2490MF
[1]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
4139F5C502DA
Appendix
283
19. Parts layout drawing Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
[8]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[5]
4057F2C522DA
284
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 19. Parts layout drawing
magicolor 2490MF
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
4139F5C503DA
[1] PF drive board (PFDB) [3] Tray set detecting switch (SW1)
[2] Paper empty sensor (PS1) [4] Paper pick-up solenoid (SD1)
Appendix
285
20. Connector layout drawing Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Description
Number of Pin ➀ Possible to confirm by removing external cover.
1 Not possible to confirm by removing external cover.
[11] [1]
[2]
[10]
2 2
[9] 4
3
3
[3]
4
14
[4]
11
10
[5]
[8]
[6]
[7]
4139F5C504DB
286
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 20. Connector layout drawing
magicolor 2490MF
[1]
4
14
[2]
2 4
[3]
3
[4]
[5]
4139F5C505DA
Appendix
287
20. Connector layout drawing Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
magicolor 2490MF
[1]
4056F5C500DA
288
SERVICE MANUAL FIELD SERVICE
Auto Document
Feeder Unit
2006.07
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
Auto Document
Feeder Unit
Auto Document Feeder Unit
General
1. Product Specifications............................................................................................. 1
Maintenance
General
2. Periodic check ......................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Maintenance procedure (Periodic parts check) .................................................... 3
2.1.1 Paper feed roller............................................................................................ 3
2.1.2 Pick-up roller ................................................................................................. 4
2.1.3 Registration rollers ........................................................................................ 5
2.1.4 Separator pad ............................................................................................... 5
Maintenance
3. Other ....................................................................................................................... 6
3.1 Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items ............................................................ 6
3.2 Disassembly/assembly list (other parts) ............................................................... 7
3.3 Disassembly/Assembly procedure........................................................................ 7
3.3.1 Auto Document Feeder Unit.......................................................................... 7
3.3.2 Top cover....................................................................................................... 8
Adjustment / Setting
3.3.3 Rear cover..................................................................................................... 8
3.3.4 Document feeder tray.................................................................................... 8
3.3.5 DF control board ........................................................................................... 9
3.3.6 Main motor .................................................................................................... 9
Adjustment/Setting
Troubleshooting
4. How to use the adjustment section ....................................................................... 11
5. SERVICE MODE................................................................................................... 12
5.1 SERVICE MODE entry procedure ...................................................................... 12
5.2 ADJUST.............................................................................................................. 13
5.2.1 ADF SUB ZOOM......................................................................................... 13
5.2.2 ADF MAIN REGIST .................................................................................... 14
5.2.3 ADF SUB REGIST ...................................................................................... 15
6. Mechanical adjustment ......................................................................................... 16
6.1 Leading edge skew adjustment .......................................................................... 16
Troubleshooting
7. Jam display ........................................................................................................... 19
i
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
ii
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 1. Product Specifications
General
Auto Document
Feeder Unit
1. Product Specifications
A. Type
General
B. Functions
C. Paper type
1
1. Product Specifications Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
F. Machine specifications
G. Operating
• Conforms to the operating environment of the main unit.
NOTE
• These specifications are subject to change without notice.
2
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 2. Periodic check
Maintenance
Auto Document
Feeder Unit
2. Periodic check
2.1 Maintenance procedure (Periodic parts check)
NOTE
• The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure is isopropyl alcohol.
[1]
A. Cleaning procedure
1. Open the top cover.
2. Wipe the paper feed roller [1] clean
of dirt using a soft cloth dampened
with alcohol.
Maintenance
4139F2C648DA
B. Removal procedure
[3]
[1] 1. Open the top cover.
2. Remove the top cover.
See P.8
3. Remove the screw [1], and then
remove the mounting plate [2] and
spring [3].
[2]
4139F2C643DA
[1]
4139F2C645DA
3
2. Periodic check Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
4139F2C646DA
[1]
A. Cleaning procedure
1. Open the top cover.
2. Wipe the pick-up roller [1] clean of
dirt using a soft cloth dampened with
Maintenance
alcohol.
4139F2C649DA
B. Removal procedure
[4] [1] 1. Remove the pick-up roller/paper feed
[2] roller assy.
See steps 1 through 4 of the replace-
[1]
ment procedure on P.3.
2. Remove two stoppers [1] and two c-
rings [2]. Then, remove shaft [3].
3. Remove the pick-up roller [4].
[3]
4139F2C647DA
4
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 2. Periodic check
Auto Document
A. Cleaning procedure
Feeder Unit
1. Open the top cover.
2. Wipe the registration rollers [1] clean
of dirt using a soft cloth dampened
with alcohol.
[1]
4139F2C650DA
[2] [1]
A. Removal procedure
1. Open the top cover.
Maintenance
2. Remove two tabs [1] and separator
cover [2].
[1] 4139F2C641DA
NOTE
• Be extremely careful not to lose the
spring on the separator pad.
[1] 4139F2C642DA
5
3. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
3. Other
Auto Document
A. Removal of PWBs
CAUTION
• When removing a circuit board or other electrical component, refer to “SAFETY
AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS” and follow the corresponding removal proce-
dures.
• The removal procedures given in the following omit the removal of connectors and
screws securing the circuit board support or circuit board.
• Where it is absolutely necessary to touch the ICs and other electrical components
on the board, be sure to ground your body.
Maintenance
6
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Other
Auto Document
Feeder Unit
No Section Part name Ref.Page
1 Unit Auto Document Feeder Unit P.7
2 Top cover P.8
3 Exterior parts Rear cover P.8
4 Document feeder tray P.8
5 Board and etc DF control board P.9
6 Others Main motor P.9
NOTE
Maintenance
• NEVER disconnect and reconnect
the ADF hookup cable with the
power switch of the machine turned
ON, as a damaged image process-
ing board could result.
[1]
4139F2C676DA
NOTE
Make the following adjustments when
a new Auto Document Feeder Unit has
been mounted:
• Make a leading edge skew adjust-
ment.
[3]
See P.16
• Perform ADF SUB ZOOM.
See P.13
• Perform CD REGIST.
4139F2C633DA See P.14
• Perform FD REGIST.
See P.15
7
3. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
2. Remove two screws [1] and the top
cover [2].
[2] 4139F2C635DA
[2]
[2]
4139F2C636DA
[2] 4139F2C637DA
8
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Other
Auto Document
1. Remove the Auto Document Feeder
Feeder Unit
[2] [1]
Unit.
See P.7
2. Open the top cover.
3. Remove the rear cover.
See P.8
4. Disconnect the seven connectors [1]
and remove the two screws [2].
Then, remove the DF control board
[3].
[1]
1. Remove the Auto Document Feeder
Unit.
Maintenance
See P.7
2. Open the top cover.
3. Remove the rear cover.
See P.8
4. Disconnect two connectors (PA01)
[1] from the DF control board.
4139F2C639DA
[1] 4139F2C640DA
9
3. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Auto Document
Feeder Unit
Maintenance
Blank Page
10
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 4. How to use the adjustment section
Adjustment/Setting
Auto Document
Feeder Unit
4. How to use the adjustment section
• “Adjustment/Setting” contains detailed information on the adjustment items and proce-
dures for this machine.
• Throughout this “Adjustment/Setting” the default settings are indicated by “ ”.
A. Advance Checks
• Before attempting to solve the customer problem, the following advance checks must be
made.Check to see if:
1. The power supply voltage meets the specifications.
2. The power supply is properly grounded.
3. The machine shares the power supply with any other machine that draws large current
intermittently (e.g., elevator and air conditioner that generate electric noise).
4. The installation site is environmentally appropriate: high temperature, high humidity,
direct sunlight, ventilation, etc.; levelness of the installation site.
5. The original has a problem that may cause a defective image.
6. The density is properly selected.
7. The original glass, slit glass, or related part is dirty.
8. Correct paper is being used for printing.
9. The units, parts, and supplies used for printing (developer, PC Drum, etc.) are properly
replenished and replaced when they reach the end of their useful service life.
10. Toner is not running out.
Adjustment / Setting
dures.
2. If it is unavoidably necessary to service the machine with its power turned ON, use
utmost care not to be caught in the Scanner Cables or gears of the Exposure Unit.
3. Special care should be used when handling the fusing unit which can be extremely hot.
4. The Developing Unit has a strong magnetic field. Keep watches and measuring instru-
ments away from it.
5. Take care not to damage the PC Drum with a tool or similar device.
6. Do not touch IC pins with bare hands.
11
5. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
5. SERVICE MODE
Auto Document
NOTE
• Ensure appropriate security for the Service Mode entry procedure. It should
NEVER be given to any unauthorized person.
A. Procedure
1. On the initial screen, press the Menu/Select key to call [MACHINE SETTING] to the
screen.
2. Press the following keys in this order.
Stop → 0 → 0 → Stop → 0 → 1
B. Exiting
• Press the Stop/Reset key.
Adjustment / Setting
12
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. SERVICE MODE
5.2 ADJUST
Auto Document
5.2.1 ADF SUB ZOOM
Feeder Unit
• To adjust for variations in the accuracy of all parts and their mounting accuracy by
Function varying the scanning zoom ratio in the sub-scanning direction when using the Auto-
matic Document Feeder.
• When the original glass is replaced.
• When a new Auto Document Feeder Unit is mounted
Use NOTE
• After the [PRN MAIN REGIST] and [PRN SUB REGIST] and [CCD SUB ZOOM]
adjustments have been performed
• Adjust the length of E in the copy of the test pattern so that the following specification
is met.
• 200 ± 0.5 % (Zoom Ratio = Full Size: 100 %)
Adjustment
Specification
4139F3C549DA
Adjustment / Setting
See P.130 of the main unit service manual.
2. Enter the [2. ADJUST] menu in the service mode.
3. Select [ADF SUB ZOOM] of [2. ADJUST] and press the Menu Select key.
4. Place the test pattern1 into the Automatic Document Feeder and make a test copy.
NOTE
• The test pattern1 should be positioned vertically.
Setting/ • Use A4 or Letter paper loaded into tray1 to make the test copy.
Procedure
5. Check that the width of E in the copy of the test pattern1 meets the specification.
Calculation: (1 - Width of E in the document ÷ Width of E in the copy) × 100
If the width of E is out of specification, adjust it according to the following procedure.
6. Press the Menu Select key.
7. Using the S/T key, change the setting value and then press the Menu Select key.
8. Place the test pattern1 into the Automatic Document Feeder. Then, make a test copy
again and check it.
• If the width of E in the test pattern is longer than the specified width
Adjustment ..... Decrease the setting.
Instructions • If the width of E in the test pattern is shorter than the specified width
..... Increase the setting.
13
5. SERVICE MODE Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
• To adjust for variations in the accuracy of all parts and their mounting accuracy by
Function varying the scanning start position in the main scanning direction when using the Auto-
matic Document Feeder.
• When the original glass is replaced.
• When a new Auto Document Feeder Unit is mounted
Use NOTE
• After the [PRN MAIN REGIST] and [PRN SUB REGIST] and [CCD SUB ZOOM]
adjustments have been performed
• After the [ADF SUB ZOOM] adjustments have been performed
• Adjust the amount that widths A and B in the copy of the test pattern1 so that the fol-
lowing specification is met.
• 0 ± 2.0 mm
Adjustment
Specification B
4139F3C546DA
Adjustment • -5.0 (-5.0 mm) ~ “0.0 (0.0 mm)” ~ +5.0 (+5.0 mm)
Range • Step: 0.5 mm
1. Print the test pattern1.
See P.130 of the main unit service manual.
Adjustment / Setting
5. Check the amount that widths A and B in the copy of the test pattern are shifted.
If the shift is out of specification, adjust it according to the following procedure.
6. Press the Menu Select key.
7. Using the S/T key, change the setting value and then press the Menu Select key.
8. Place the test pattern1 into the Automatic Document Feeder. Then, make a test copy
again and check it.
Adjustment • If the width of A is less than the width of B..... Increase the setting.
Instructions • If the width of B is less than the width of A..... Decrease the setting.
14
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. SERVICE MODE
Auto Document
Feeder Unit
• To adjust for variations in the accuracy of all parts and their mounting accuracy by
Function varying the scanning start position in the sub-scanning direction when using the Auto-
matic Document Feeder.
• When the original glass is replaced.
• When a new Auto Document Feeder Unit is mounted
Use NOTE
• After the [PRN MAIN REGIST] and [PRN SUB REGIST] and [CCD SUB ZOOM]
adjustments have been performed
• After the [ADF SUB ZOOM] adjustments have been performed
• Adjust the width of C in the copy of the test pattern1 so that the following specification
is met.
• 20 ± 2.5 mm
C
Adjustment
Specification
4139F3C547DA
Adjustment / Setting
2. Enter the [2. ADJUST] menu in the service mode.
3. Select [ADF SUB REGIST] of [2. ADJUST] and press the Menu Select key.
4. Place the test pattern1 into the Automatic Document Feeder and make a test copy.
NOTE
• The test pattern1 should be positioned vertically.
Setting/
Procedure • Use A4 or Letter paper loaded into tray1 to make the test copy.
5. Check that the width of C in the copy of the test pattern are shifted.
If the width of C is out of specification, adjust it according to the following procedure.
6. Press the Menu Select key.
7. Using the S/T key, change the setting value and then press the Menu Select key.
8. Place the test pattern1 into the Automatic Document Feeder. Then, make a test copy
again and check it.
• If the width of C in the test pattern is longer than the specified width
Adjustment ..... Increase the setting.
Instructions • If the width of C in the test pattern is shorter than the specified width
..... Decrease the setting.
15
6. Mechanical adjustment Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
6. Mechanical adjustment
Auto Document
NOTE
• This adjustment should be made when image skew occurs.
4139F3C557DA
4139F3C558DA
[1]
4139F3C515DA
16
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 6. Mechanical adjustment
Auto Document
Feeder Unit
ing document feeder to the front.
7. Tighten the screw that has been
loosened in step 5.
4139F3C559DA
Adjustment / Setting
4139F3C560DA
17
6. Mechanical adjustment Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Auto Document
Feeder Unit
Blank Page
Adjustment / Setting
18
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 7. Jam display
Troubleshooting
Auto Document
Feeder Unit
7. Jam display
7.1 Misfeed display
• When a media misfeed occurs, the printer shows the corresponding media misfeed sta-
tus by means of the Error indicator on the control panel or LCD display.
㧖CAUTION!㧖
ORIGINAL DOC. JAM
㧖CAUTION!㧖
OPEN DOC. FEED COVER
4139F4E514DA
Misfeed processing
Display Misfeed Location Action
location
*CAUTION!* Document feeding
P.22
ORIGINAL DOC. JAM section
Document transport Top cover
P.23
*CAUTION!* section
OPEN DOC. FEED COVER Document exit section P.24
Troubleshooting
19
7. Jam display Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1] [2]
[3]
4139F4C504DA
20
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 7. Jam display
7.3 Solution
Auto Document
7.3.1 Initial check items
Feeder Unit
• When a media misfeed occurs, check the following:
Troubleshooting
21
7. Jam display Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
A. Detection timing
Feeder Unit
Type Description
Detection of mis-
feed at the docu- The paper feed sensor (PS2) is not unblocked even after the lapse of a predeter-
ment feeding mined period of time after the main motor (M1) has been energized.
section
Detection of paper
The paper feed sensor (PS2) is unblocked when the power switch is turned ON,
left at the document
the cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
feeding section
B. Action
WIRING DIAGRAM
22
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 7. Jam display
Auto Document
A. Detection timing
Feeder Unit
Type Description
Detection of mis-
The paper leading edge detection sensor (PS3) is not blocked even after the
feed at the docu-
lapse of a predetermined period of time after the paper feed sensor (PS2) has
ment transport
been unblocked.
section
Detection of paper The paper feed sensor (PS2) is unblocked and the paper leading edge detection
left at the document sensor (PS3) is blocked when the power switch is turned ON, the cover is opened
transport section and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
B. Action
WIRING DIAGRAM
Troubleshooting
23
7. Jam display Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
A. Detection timing
Feeder Unit
Type Description
Detection of mis- The paper leading edge detection sensor (PS3) is not unblocked even after the
feed at the docu- lapse of a predetermined period of time after the paper feed sensor (PS2) has
ment exit section been unblocked.
Detection of paper The paper leading edge detection sensor (PS3) is blocked when the power switch
left at the document is turned ON, the cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is
exit section reset.
B. Action
WIRING DIAGRAM
24
SERVICE MANUAL FIELD SERVICE
2006.07
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
General
1. Product specifications ............................................................................................. 1
Maintenance
General
2. Periodic check ......................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Maintenance procedure (Periodic parts check) .................................................... 3
2.1.1 Paper pick-up roller ....................................................................................... 3
3. Other ....................................................................................................................... 4
3.1 Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items ............................................................ 4
3.2 Disassembly/Assembly list (Other parts) .............................................................. 5
Maintenance
3.3 Disassembly/Assembly procedure........................................................................ 5
3.3.1 Lower Feeder Unit......................................................................................... 5
3.3.2 Tray ............................................................................................................... 6
3.3.3 Rear cover..................................................................................................... 6
3.3.4 Paper pick-up unit ......................................................................................... 6
3.3.5 PF drive board (PFDB) ................................................................................. 8
Troubleshooting
3.3.6 Paper pick-up solenoid (SD1) ....................................................................... 8
3.3.7 Tray set detecting switch (SW1) .................................................................... 9
Troubleshooting
4. Jam display ........................................................................................................... 11
4.1 Misfeed display ................................................................................................... 11
4.1.1 Misfeed display resetting procedure ........................................................... 11
4.2 Sensor layout ...................................................................................................... 12
4.3 Solution............................................................................................................... 13
4.3.1 Initial check items........................................................................................ 13
4.3.2 Misfeed at Tray 2 paper feed section .......................................................... 13
i
Troubleshooting Maintenance General Lower Feeder Unit
ii
Blank Page
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 1. Product specifications
General
General
B. Paper type
Size A4/Letter
Type Plain paper: 60 to 90 g/m2 (16 to 24 lb)
Capacity 500 sheets
C. Machine specifications
D. Operating environment
NOTE
• These specifications are subject to change without notice.
1
1. Product specifications Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Lower Feeder Unit
General
Blank Page
2
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 2. Periodic check
Maintenance
Maintenance
4056F2C500DA
B. Removal procedure
1. Remove the Lower Feeder Unit from
the main unit.
2. Remove two paper pick-up rollers
[1].
[1]
4056F2C501DA
3
3. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
3. Other
Lower Feeder Unit
CAUTION
• When removing a circuit board or other electrical component, refer to “SAFETY
AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS” and follow the corresponding removal proce-
dures.
• The removal procedures given in the following omit the removal of connectors and
screws securing the circuit board support or circuit board.
• Where it is absolutely necessary to touch the ICs and other electrical components
on the board, be sure to ground your body.
Maintenance
4
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Other
Maintenance
1. Lift the printer main body and then
remove the Lower Feeder Unit [1]
from the printer.
[1]
4056F2C502DA
5
3. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
3.3.2 Tray
Lower Feeder Unit
[1]
4056F2C503DA
[1]
4056F2C505DA
6
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Other
Maintenance
[2]
4056F2C507DA
[1] [1]
4056F2C508DA
7
3. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1] [2]
4056F2C509DA
[2]
4056F2C510DA
[3]
[1]
4056F2C511DA
8
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Other
[1]
4056F2C512DA
Maintenance
set detecting switch [3].
[1]
4056F2C513DA
9
3. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Lower Feeder Unit
Maintenance
Blank Page
10
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 4. Jam display
Troubleshooting
㧖CAUTION!㧖
PAPER MISFEED
㧖CAUTION!㧖
OPEN FRONT COVER
4139F4E510DA
Misfeed processing
Display Misfeed location Action
location
*CAUTION!*
PAPER MISFEED
Tray 2 paper feed sec-
Tray 2 P.13
tion
*CAUTION!*
OPEN FRONT COVER
Troubleshooting
11
4. Jam display Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
4056F4C500DA
12
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 4. Jam display
4.3 Solution
Type Description
Detection of mis- The leading edge of the paper does not block the registration sensor (PS1) even
feed at tray 2 paper after the lapse of a predetermined period of time after the paper pick-up solenoid
feed section (SD1) has been energized.
B. Action
WIRING DIAGRAM
Troubleshooting
Check the PRCB connector for proper connec-
2 - -
tion and correct as necessary.
3 PS1 sensor check. PRCB PJ12PRCB-3 (ON) J to K-2
4 SD1 operation check. PFDB PJ22PFDB-2 (REM) F-4
5 Change PRCB. - -
13
4. Jam display Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Lower Feeder Unit
Blank Page
Troubleshooting
14
SERVICE MANUAL FIELD SERVICE
Duplex Option
2006.07
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
CONTENTS
Duplex Option
Duplex Option
General
1. Product specifications ............................................................................................. 1
Maintenance
General
2. Periodic check ......................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Maintenance procedure (Periodic parts check) .................................................... 3
2.1.1 Transport roller .............................................................................................. 3
3. Other ....................................................................................................................... 4
3.1 Disassembly/adjustment prohibited items ............................................................ 4
3.2 Disassembly/Assembly list (Other parts) .............................................................. 5
Maintenance
3.3 Disassembly/Assembly procedure........................................................................ 5
3.3.1 Duplex Option ............................................................................................... 5
3.3.2 Right cover .................................................................................................... 7
3.3.3 AD drive board (ADDB)................................................................................. 8
3.3.4 Cooling fan motor (FM1) ............................................................................... 8
3.3.5 Transport motor (M1) .................................................................................. 11
Troubleshooting
3.3.6 Reverse motor (M2) .................................................................................... 11
3.3.7 Registration solenoid (SD1) ........................................................................ 12
Troubleshooting
4. Jam display ........................................................................................................... 13
4.1 List of display messages..................................................................................... 13
4.1.1 Misfeed display resetting procedure ........................................................... 13
4.2 Sensor layout ...................................................................................................... 14
4.3 Solution............................................................................................................... 15
4.3.1 Initial check items........................................................................................ 15
4.3.2 Misfeed at duplex option reverse drive/storage section .............................. 15
4.3.3 Misfeed at duplex option paper feed section............................................... 16
5. Error codes............................................................................................................ 17
5.1 Trouble code ....................................................................................................... 17
5.1.1 Trouble code list .......................................................................................... 17
5.2 How to reset........................................................................................................ 17
5.3 Solution............................................................................................................... 17
5.3.1 0FH: Duplex cooling fan motor malfunction ................................................ 17
i
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
ii
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 1. Product specifications
General
Duplex Option
1. Product specifications
A. Type
General
Document Alignment Center
B. Paper type
C. Machine specifications
D. Operating environment
NOTE
• These specifications are subject to change without notice.
1
1. Product specifications Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Duplex Option
General
Blank Page
2
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 2. Periodic check
Maintenance
Duplex Option
2. Periodic check
2.1 Maintenance procedure (Periodic parts check)
NOTE
• The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure is isopropyl alcohol.
A. Cleaning procedure
[1] 1. Open the duplex door.
2. Using a soft cloth dampened with
alcohol, wipe the transport roller [1]
clean of dirt.
Maintenance
4057F2C500DA
3
3. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
3. Other
Duplex Option
CAUTION
• When removing a circuit board or other electrical component, refer to “SAFETY
AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS” and follow the corresponding removal proce-
dures.
• The removal procedures given in the following omit the removal of connectors and
screws securing the circuit board support or circuit board.
• Where it is absolutely necessary to touch the ICs and other electrical components
on the board, be sure to ground your body.
Maintenance
4
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Other
Duplex Option
No Section Part name Ref. page
1 - Duplex Option P.5
2 Exterior parts Right cover P.7
3 Board and etc. AD drive board P.8
4 Cooling fan motor P.8
5 Transport motor P.11
Others
6 Reverse motor P.11
7 Registration solenoid P.12
Maintenance
A. Removal Procedure
1. Open the duplex option door.
2. Turn the two locking knobs [1] to
unlock the Duplex Option.
[1]
4057F2C501DA
4057F2C502DA
5
3. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
B. Reinstall Procedure
1. Open the duplex option door [1] and
Duplex Option
[1]
4057F2C503DA
[1]
[1]
4057F2C504DA
6
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Other
Duplex Option
NOTE
• When locking the Duplex Option
into position, be sure to hold the
[1] unit with a hand and, at the same
time, press it up against the printer
main body.
4057F2C505DA
NOTE
• After the Duplex Option has been
Maintenance
locked into position, check that the
two locking knobs are in the correct
locked position.
4. Close the duplex option door [1].
[1]
4057F2C506DA
7
3. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1] 4057F2C508DA
[2]
[1] 4057F2C509DA
[1]
4057F2C518DA
8
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Other
Duplex Option
[1]
4057F2C510DA
Maintenance
[2]
4057F2C519DA
[1]
5. Remove the screw [1], unlock the tab
[2] and remove the harness cover
[3].
[2] [3]
4057F2C511DA
9
3. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
[3]
Maintenance
4057F2C512DA
[1] 4057F2C520DA
[1]
4057F2C513DA
10
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 3. Other
Duplex Option
[1] [2] 4057F2C514DA
Maintenance
3. Remove the harness from the har-
ness holder [3] and then remove the
transport motor [4].
11
3. Other Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[2] [1]
4057F2C516DA
4057F2C517DA
12
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 4. Jam display
Troubleshooting
Duplex Option
4. Jam display
4.1 List of display messages
• When a media misfeed occurs, the printer shows the corresponding media misfeed sta-
tus by means of the Error indicator on the control panel or LCD display.
㧖CAUTION!㧖
PAPER JAM
㧖CAUTION!㧖
OPEN DUPLEX COVER
4057F4E505DA
Troubleshooting
13
4. Jam display Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
Troubleshooting
4057F4C501DA
[1] Exit sensor PS7 [3] Fusing paper loop sensor PS8
[2] Transport sensor PS3 [4] Paper loop sensor PS1
14
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 4. Jam display
4.3 Solution
Duplex Option
4.3.1 Initial check items
• When a media misfeed occurs, check the following:
Type Description
Detection of mis-
feed at duplex The transport sensor (PS3) is not unblocked even after the lapse of a predeter-
option reverse mined period of time after the reverse motor (M2) has been energized for reverse
drive/storage sec- drive.
tion
B. Action
Troubleshooting
Relevant electrical parts
Transport sensor (PS3) AD drive board (ADDB)
Transport motor (M1) Printer control board (PRCB)
Reverse motor (M2)
WIRING DIAGRAM
15
4. Jam display Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
Type Description
The paper loop sensor (PS1) is not unblocked even after the lapse of a predeter-
Detection of mis- mined period of time after a duplex paper feed sequence has been started.
feed at duplex The paper loop sensor (PS1) is not blocked even after the lapse of a predeter-
option paper feed mined period of time after a duplex paper feed sequence has been started.
section The transport sensor (PS3) is not blocked even after the lapse of a predetermined
period of time after a duplex paper feed sequence has been started.
B. Action
WIRING DIAGRAM
5 Change ADDB. - -
6 Change PRCB. - -
16
Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006 5. Error codes
5. Error codes
Duplex Option
5.1 Trouble code
5.1.1 Trouble code list
5.3 Solution
5.3.1 0FH: Duplex cooling fan motor malfunction
WIRING DIAGRAM
Troubleshooting
Control signal (Electrical
component)
Check the FM1 connector for proper connection
1 - -
and correct as necessary.
Check the fan for possible overload and correct
2 - -
as necessary.
Check the PRCB connector for proper connec-
3 - -
tion and correct as necessary.
ADDB PJ3ADDB-6 (REM)
4 FM1 operation check. G-4 to 5
ADDB PJ3ADDB-8 (LOCK)
5 Change PRCB. - -
6 Change DCPU1. - -
17
6. Miscellaneous malfunctions Field Service Ver. 1.0 Jul. 2006
6. Miscellaneous malfunctions
Duplex Option
Display Description
SIZE/TYPE ERROR • A 2-sided print cycle is run using the type and size of paper that are not good
DUPLEX for 2-sided printing.
WIRING DIAGRAM
5 Change ADDB. - -
6 Change PRCB. - -
7 Change IPB. - -
18
© 2006 KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Printed in Japan
Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to
DD4139-A-FE1
avoid disclosure of confidential information.